全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷

2024全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷（精选9套）

　　在日常学习和工作生活中，我们总免不了要接触或使用试卷，试卷是课程考核统计分析工作的重要组成部分，它包括试卷的信度、效度、区分度、难度四个方面。你所了解的试卷是什么样的呢？下面是小编为大家收集的2024全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷，供大家参考借鉴，希望可以帮助到有需要的朋友。

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 1

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSION (35 MIN)

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening, take notes on the important points. Your notes will not be marked, but you will need themto complete a gap-filling task after the mini-lecture. When the lecture is over, you will be given two minutes to check your notes, and another ten minutesto complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE, using no more than three words in each gap. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may refer to your noteswhile completing the task. Use the blank sheet for note-taking. Now, listen to the mini-lecture．

　　Understanding Academic Lectures

　　Listening to academic lectures is an important task for university students. Then, how canwe comprehenda lecture efficiently?

　　I. Understand all (1) _______

　　A. words

　　B. (2) _______

　　—stress

　　—intonation

　　—(3) _______

　　II. Adding information

　　A. lectures: Sharing information with audience

　　B. listeners: (4) _______

　　C. sources of information

　　—knowledge of (5) _______

　　—(6) _______of the world

　　D. listening involving three steps:

　　—hearing

　　—(7) _______

　　—adding

　　III. (8) _______

　　A. reasons

　　—overcome noise

　　—save time

　　B. (9) _______

　　—content

　　—organization

　　IV. Evaluating while listening

　　A. help to decide the (10) of notes

　　B. help to remember information

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 1 to 5 are based on an interview. At theendof the interview you will be given 10 seconds to answer each of the following five questions. Now listen to the interview.

　　1. Theresa thinks that the present government is ________.

　　[A] doing what they have promised to schools

　　[B] creating opportunities for leading universities

　　[C] considering removing barriers for state school pupils

　　[D] reducing opportunities for state school pupils

　　2. What does Theresa see as a problem in secondary schools now?

　　[A] Universities are not working hard to accept state school pupils.

　　[B] The number of state pupils applying to Oxford fails to increase.

　　[C] The government has lowered state pupils’ expectations.

　　[D] Leading universities are rejecting state school pupils.

　　3. In Theresa’s view, school freedom means that schools should ____.

　　[A] be given more fundingfromeducation authorities

　　[B] be given all the money and decide how to spendit

　　[C] be granted greater power to run themselves

　　[D] be given more opportunities and choices

　　4. According to Theresa, who decides or decide money for schools at the present?

　　[A] Local education authorities and the central government.

　　[B] Local education authorities and secondary schools together.

　　[C] Local education authorities only.

　　[D] The central government only.

　　5. Throughout the talk, the interviewer does all the following EXCEPT ____.

　　[A] asking for clarification

　　[B] challenging the interviewee

　　[C] supporting the interviewee

　　[D] initiating topics

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCAST

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY．Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 6 and 7 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions. Now listen to the news.

　　News Item 1

　　6. What is the main idea of the news item?

　　[A] Fewer people watch TV once a week.

　　[B] Smartphones and tablets have replaced TV.

　　[C] New technology has led to more family time.

　　[D] Bigger TV sets have attracted more people.

　　News Item 2

　　7. How many lawmakers voted for the marijuana legalization bill?

　　[A] 50. [B] 12.

　　[C] 46. [D] 18.

　　8. The passing of the bill means that marijuana can be________.

　　[A] bought by people under 18

　　[B] made available to drug addicts

　　[C] provided by the government

　　[D] bought in drug stores

　　News Item 3

　　9. What did the review of global data reveal?

　　[A]Diarrhea isa common disease.

　　[B]Good sanitation led to increase in height.

　　[C]There were many problems of poor sanitation.

　　[D] African children live in worse sanitary conditions.

　　10. The purpose of Dr. Alan Dangour’s study was most likely to ________.

　　[A] examine links between sanitation and deathfromillness

　　[B] look into factors affecting the growth of children

　　[C] investigate how to tackle symptoms like diarrhea

　　[D] reviewand compare conditions in different countries

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION (30 MIN)

　　In this section there are four reading passages followed by a total of 20 multiple-choice questions. Read the passages and then mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO．

　　TEXT A

　　In2011, many shoppers chose to avoid the frantic crowds and do their holiday shoppingfromthe comfort oftheir computer. Salesat onlineretailers gained by more than 15%, making it the biggest season ever. But people are also returning those purchases at record rates, up 8%fromlast year.

　　What went wrong? Is the lingering shadow of the global financial crisis making it harder to accept extravagant indulgences? Or that people shop more impulsively - and therefore make bad decisions -when online? Both arguments are plausible. However, there is a third factor: a question of touch. We can love the look but, inan onlineenvironment, we cannot feel the quality of a texture, the shape of the fit, the fall of a fold or, for that matter, the weight of an earring. And physically interacting with an object makes youmore committed.

　　When my most recent book Brand washed was released, I teamed up with a local bookstore to conduct an experiment about the differences betweenthe onlineand offline shopping experience. I carefully instructed a group of volunteers to promote my book in two different ways. The first was a fairly hands-off approach. Whenever a customer would inquire about my book, the volunteer would take them over to the shelf and point to it. Out of 20 such requests, six customers proceeded with the purchase.

　　The second option also involved going over to the shelf but, this time, removing the book and then subtly holding onto it for just an extra moment before placing it in the customers hands. Of the 20 people who were handed the book. 13ended up buying it. Just physically passing the book showed a big difference in sales. Why? We feel something similar to a sense of ownership when we hold things in our hand. Thats why we establish or reestablish connection by greeting strangers and friends with a handshake. In this case, having to then let go of the book after holding it might generate a subtle sense of loss, and motivate us to make the purchase even more.

　　A recent study also revealed the power of touch, in this case when it came to conventional mail. A deeper and longer-lasting impression of a message was formed when delivered in a letter, as opposed to receiving the samemessage online. Brain imaging showed that, on touching the paper, the emotional center of the brain was activated, thus forming a stronger bond. The study also indicated that once touchbecomes part of the process, it could translate into a sense of possession. This sense of ownership is simply not part of the equation inthe onlineshopping experience.

　　As the rituals of purchase in the lead-up to Christmas change, not only do we give less thought to the type of gifts we buy for our loved ones but, through our own digital wish lists, we increasingly control what they buy for us. The reality, however, is that no matter how convinced we all are that digital is the way to go, finding real satisfaction will probably take more than a few simple clicks.

　　11. According to the author, shoppers are returning their purchases for all the following reasons EXCEPT that ____.

　　[A] they are unsatisfied with the quality of the purchase

　　[B]they eventually find the purchase too expensive

　　[C] they change their mind out of uncertainty

　　[D] they regret making the purchase without forethought

　　12. What is the purpose of the experiment in the bookstore?

　　[A] To see which promotion method is preferred by customers.

　　[B]To find out the strengths and weaknesses of both methods.

　　[C] To try to set up a new retailer-customer relationship.

　　[D] To see the effect of an approach on customers decisions.

　　13. Why does the author cite the study by Bangor University and the Royal Mail Service?

　　[A]To compare similar responses in different settings.

　　[B] To provide further evidence for his own observation.

　　[C] To offer a scientific account of the brains functions.

　　[D] To describe emotional responsesin onlineshopping.

　　14. What can be inferredfromthe last paragraph?

　　[A]Real satisfaction depends on factors other thanthe computer.

　　[B] Despite onlineshopping we still attach importance to gift buying.

　　[C] Some people are still uncertain about the digital age.

　　[D] Online shopping offers real satisfaction to shoppers.

　　Text B

　　My professor brother and I have an argument about head and heart about whether he overvalues IQ while I learn more toward EQ. We typically have this debate about people—can we be friends with a really smart jerk（怪物）?—but there’s corollary to animals as well. I’d love it if our dog could fetch the morning paper and then read it to me over coffee, but I actually care much more about her loyal and innocent heart. There’s already enough thinking going on is our house, and we probably spendtoo much time in our heads, where we need some role modeling is in instinct, and that’s where a dog is a roving revelation.

　　I did not grow up with dogs, which meant that my older daughter’s respectful but unyielding determination to get one required some adjustment on my part. I often felt she was training me:fromages of 6 to 9, she gently schooled me in various breeds and their personalities, whispered to the dogs we encountered so they would charm and persuade me, demonstrated by her self-discipline that she was ready for the responsibility. And thus came our dog Twist, whom I sometimes mistake for a third daughter.

　　At first I thought the challenge would be to train her to sit, to heel, to walk calmly beside us and not go wildly chasing the neighborhood rabbits. But I soon discovered how much more we had to learnfromher than shefromus.

　　If it is true, for example, that the secret to a child’s success is less rare genius than raw persistence, Twist’s ability to stay on task is a model for us all, especially if the task is trying to capture the sunbeam that flicks around the living room as the wind blows through the branches outside. She never succeeds, and she never gives up. This includes when she runs square into walls.

　　Then there is her unfailing patience, which breaks down only when she senses that dinnertime was 15 minutes ago and we have somehow failed to notice. Even then she is more eager than indignant, and her refusal to whine shows a restraint of which I’m not always capable when hungry.

　　But the lesson I value most is the one in forgiveness, and Twist first offered this when she was still very young. When she was about 7 months old, we took her to the vet to be sprayed(切除卵巢). We turned her over to a stranger, who proceeded to perform aprocedure that was probably not pleasant, But when the vet returned her to us, limp and tender, there was no recrimination(反责)，no how could you do that to me? It was as though she really knew that we could not intentionally cause her pain, and while she did not understand, she forgave and curled up with her head on my daughter’s lap.

　　I suppose we could have concluded that she was just blindly loyal and docile. But eventually we knew better. She is entirely capable of disobedience, as she has proved many times. She will ignore us when there are more interesting things to look at, rebuke us when we are careless, bark into the twilight when she has urgent messages to send. But her patience with our failings and fickleness and her willingness to give us a second chance are a daily lesson in gratitude.

　　My friends who grew up with dogs tell me how when they were teenagers and trusted no one in the world, they could tell their dog all their secrets. It was the one friendwho would not gossip or betray, could provide in the middle of the night the soft,unbegrudging comfort and peace that adolescence conspires to disrupt. An age that is all about growth and risk needs some anchors and weights, a model of steadfastness when all else is in flux. Sometimes I think Twist’s devotion keeps my girls on a benevolent lash, one that hangs quietly at their side as they trot along but occasionally yanks them back to safety and solid ground.

　　We’ve weighed so many decisions so carefully in raising our daughters what school to sendthem to and what church to attend, when to give them cell phones and with what precautions. But whenit comes to what really shapes their character and binds our family, I never would have thought we would owe so much to its smallest member.

　　15. In the first paragraph, the author suggests that____.

　　[A]a person can either have a high IQ or a low EQ

　　[B]her professor brother cares too much about IQ

　　[C]we need examples of how to follow ones heart

　　[D]she prefers dogs that are clever and loyal

　　16. According to the passage, all the following are Twists characteristics EXCEPT____.

　　[A]resignation

　　[B]patience

　　[C]forgiveness

　　[D]tenacity

　　17. According to the context, the meaning of the word “square” is closest to____.

　　[A]fast

　　[B]blindly

　　[C]straight

　　[D]stubbornly

　　18. That Twists devotion keeps my girls on a benevolent leash means that____.

　　[A]Twist is capable of looking after the girls

　　[B]Twist and the girls havebecome friends

　　[C]Twist knows how to follow the girls

　　[D]Twists loyalty helps the girls grow up

　　19. What does the author try to express in the last paragraph?

　　[A]Difficulties in raising her children.

　　[B]Worries about what to buy for kids.

　　[C]Gratitude to Twist for her role.

　　[D]Concerns about schooling and religion.

　　Text C

　　Most West African lorries ate not in what one would call the first flush of youth, and I had learnt by bitter experience not to expect anything very much of them. But the lorry that arrived to take me up to the mountains was worse than anything I had seen before: it tottered on the borders of senile decay. It stood there on buckled wheels, wheezing and gasping with exhaustionfromhaving to climb up the gentle slope to the camp, and I consigned myself and my loads to it with some trepidation. The driver, who was a cheerful fellow, pointed out that he would require my assistance in two very necessary operations: first, I had to keep the hand brake pressed down when travelling downhill, for unless it was held thus almost level with the floor it sullenly refused to function. Secondly, I had to keep a stern eye on the clutch, a willful piece of mechanism that seized every chance to leap out of its socket with a noise like a strangling leopard. As it was obvious that not even a West African lorry driver could be successful in driving while crouched under the dashboard in a pre-natal position, I had to take over control of these instruments if I valued my life. So, while I ducked at intervals to put on the brake, amid the rich smell of burning rubber, our noble lorry jerked its way towards the mountains at a steady twenty miles per hour; sometimes, when a downward slope favored it, it threw caution to the winds and careered along in a madcap fashion at twenty-five.

　　For the first thirty miles the red earth road wound its way through the lowland forest, the giant trees standing in solid ranks alongside and their branches entwined in an archway of leaves above us. Flocks of hornbills flapped across the road, honking like the ghosts of ancient taxis, and on the banks, draped decoratively in the patches of sunlight, the agama lizards lay, blushing into sunset coloring with excitement and nodding their heads furiously. Slowly and almost imperceptibly the road started to climb upwards, looping its way in languid curves round the forested hills. In the back of the lorry the boys lifted up their voices in song:

　　Home again, home again, When shall I see ma home? When shall I see ma mammy? Ill never forget ma home . . .

　　The driver hummed the refrain softly to himself, glancing at me to see if I would object. To his surprise I joined in, and so while the lorry rolled onwards trailing a swirling tail of red dust behind it, the boys in the back maintained the chorus while the driver and I harmonized andsang complicated bits, and the driver played a staccatoaccompaniment on the horn.

　　Breaks in the forest became more frequent the higher we climbed, and presently a new type of undergrowth began to appear: massive tree-ferns standing in conspiratorial groups at the roadside on their thick, squat, and hairy trunks, the fronds of leaves sproutingfromthe tops like delicate green fountains. These ferns were the guardians of a new world, for suddenly, as though the hills had shrugged themselves free of cloak, the forest disappeared. It lay behind us in the valley, a thick pelt of green undulating away into the heat-shimmered distance, while above us the hillside rose majestically, covered in a coat of rippling, waist-high grass, bleached golden by the sun. The lorry crept higher and higher, the engine gasping and shuddering with this unaccustomed activity. I began to think that we should have to push the wretched thing up the last two or three hundred feet, but to everyones surprise we made it, and the lorry crept on to the brow of the hill, trembling with fatigue, spouting steamfromits radiator like a dying whale. We crawled to a standstill and the driver switched off the engine.

　　“We must wait small-time, engine get hot, he explained, pointing to the forequarters of the lorry, which were bynow completely invisible under a cloud of steam. Thankfully I descendedfromthe red-hot inside of the cab and strolled down to where the road dipped into the next valley. From this vantage point I could see the country we had travelled through and the country we were about to enter.

　　20. That it tottered on the borders of senile decay means that the lorry was_________.

　　[A]about to break down

　　[B]a very old vehicle

　　[C]unable to travel the distance

　　[D] a dangerous vehicle

　　21. Which of the following words in the first paragraph is used literally?

　　[A]Flush.

　　[B]Borders.

　　[C]Operations.

　　[D]Gasping.

　　22. We learnfromthe first paragraph that the author regards the inadequacies of the lorry as _________.

　　[A]inevitable and amusing

　　[B] dangerous and frightening

　　[C] novel and unexpected

　　[D]welcome and interesting

　　23. All the following words in the last but one paragraph describe the lorry as a human

　　EXCEPT .

　　[A]trembling

　　[B]spouting

　　[C]shuddering

　　[D]crept

　　24. We can inferfromthe passage that the author was ________.

　　[A]bored by the appearance of the grasslands ahead

　　[B]reluctant to do any walking in so hot a climate

　　[C]unfriendly towards the local driver and boys

　　[D]a little surprised to have to help drive the lorry

　　25. A suitable title for the passage would be _______.

　　[A]A journey that scared me

　　[B]A journey to remember

　　[C]The wild West African lorry

　　[D]A comic journey in West Africa

　　Text D

　　Have you ever noticed a certain similarity in public parks and back gardens in the cities of the West? A ubiquitous woodland mix of lawn grasses and trees has found its way throughout Europe and the United States, and it’s now spread to other cities around the world. As ecologist Peter Groffman has noted, its increasingly difficult to tell one suburb apartfromanother, even when theyre located in vastly different climates such as Phoenix, Arizona, or Boston in the much chillier north-east of the US. And why do parks in New Zealand often feature the same species of trees that grow on the other side of the world in the UK?

　　Inspired by the English and New England countrysides, early landscape architects of the 19th Century such as Andrew Jackson Downing and Frederick Law Olmstead created an aesthetic for urban public and private open space that persists to this day. But in the 21st Century, urban green space is tasked with doing far more than simply providing aesthetic appeal. From natural systems to deal with surface water run-off and pollution to green corridors to increasing interest in urban food production, the urban parks of the future will be designed and engineered for functionality as well as for beauty.

　　Imagine travelling among the cities of the mid-21st Century and finding a unique set of urban landscapes that capture local beauty, natural and cultural history, and the environmental context. They are tuned to their locality, and diverse within as well as across cities. There are patches that provide shade and cooling, places of local food production, and corridors that connect both residents and wildlife to the surrounding native environment. Their functions are measured and monitored to meet the unique needs of each city for food production, water use, nutrient recycling, and habitat. No two green spaces are quite the same.

　　Planners are already starting to work towards this vision. And if this movement has a buzzword it is “hyperfunctionality”--designs which provide multiple uses in a confined space, and a term coined by Richard Pouyat of the US Forest Service. At the moment, urban landscapes are highly managed and limited in their spatial extent. Even the "green" cities of the future will contain extensive areas of buildings, roads, railways, and other built structures. These future cities are likely to contain a higher proportion of green cover than the cities of today, with an increasing focus on planting on roofs, vertical walls, and formerly impervious surfaces like car parks. But built environments will still be ever-present in dense megacities. We can greatly enhance the utility of green space through designs that provide a range of different uses in a confined space. A hyperfunctional planting, for example, might be designed to provide food, shade, wildlife habitat, and pollution removal all in the same garden with the right choice of plants, configurations, and management practices.

　　What this means is that we have to maximise the benefits and uses of urban parks, while minimising the costs of building and maintaining them. Currently, green space and street plantings are relatively similar throughout the Western world, regardless of differences in local climate, geography, and natural history. Even desert cities feature the same sizable street trees and well-watered and well-fertilized lawns that you might see in more temperate climes. The movement to reduce the resources and water requirements of such urban landscapes in these arid areas is called "xeriscaping" a concept that has so-far received mixed responses in terms of public acceptance. Scott Yabiku and colleagues at the Central Arizona Phoenix project showed thatnewcomers to the desert embrace xeriscaping more than long-time residents, who are more likely to prefer the well-watered aesthetic. In part, this may be because xeriscaping is justified more by reducing landscaping costs in this case water costs than by providing desired benefits like recreation, pollution mitigation, and cultural value. From this perspective, xeriscaping can seem more likea compromise than an asset.

　　But there are other ways to make our parks and natural spaces do more. Nan Ellin, of the Ecological Planning Center in the US, advocates an asset-based approach to urbanism. Instead of envisioning cities in terms what they cant have, ecological planners are beginning to frame the discussion of future cities in terms of what they do have - their natural and cultural assets. In Utah’s Salt Lake City, instead of couching environmental planning as an issue of resource scarcity, the future park is described as "mountain urbanism" and the strong association of local residents with the natural environment of the mountain ranges near their home. From this starting point, the local climate, vegetation, patterns of rain and snowfall, and mountain topography are all deemed natural assets that create a new perspective whenit comes to creating urban green space. In Cairns, Australia, the local master plan embraces "tropical urbanism" that conveys a sense of place through landscaping features, while also providing important functions such as shading and cooling in this tropical climate.

　　The globally homogenized landscape aesthetic--which sees parksfromBoston to Brisbane looking worryingly similar--will diminish in importance as future urban green space will be attuned to local values and cultural perceptions of beauty. This will lead to a far greater diversity of urban landscape designs than are apparent today. Already, we are seeing new purposes for urban landscaping that are transforming the 20th century woodland park into bioswales--plantings designed to filter stormwater--green roofs, wildlife corridors, and urban food gardens. However, until recently we have been lacking the datasets and science-based specifications for designs that work to serve all of these purposes at once.

　　In New York City, Thomas Whitlow of Cornell University sends students through tree-lined streets with portable, backpack-mounted air quality monitors. At home in his laboratory, he places tree branches in wind tunnels to measure pollution deposition onto leaves. It turns out that currently, many street tree plantings are ineffective at removing air pollutants, and instead may trap pollutants near the ground. My students and I equipped street trees with sensors in and around the trunk in Los Angeles to monitor growth and water use in real time to help find which species provide the largest canopies for the lowest amount of water. Rather than relying on assumptions about the role of urban vegetation in improving the environment and health, future landscaping designs will be engineered based on empirical data and state of the art of simulations.

　　New datasets on the performance of urban landscapes are changing our view of what future urban parks will look like and what it will do. With precise measurements of pollutant uptake, water use, plant growth rates, and greenhouse gas emissions, we are better and better able to design landscapes that require less intensive management and are less costly, while providing more social and environmental uses.

　　26. According to the passage, which of the following serves as the BEST reason for the similarity in urban green space throughout the West?

　　[A] Climate.

　　[B] Geography.

　　[C] Functional purposes.

　　[D] Design principles.

　　27. The following are all features of future urban green space EXCEPT that_______.

　　[A] each city has its distinct style of urban green space

　　[B] urban landscape will focus more on cultural history

　　[C] urban green space will be designed to serve many uses

　　[D] more green cover will be seen on city roofs and walls

　　28. Why are some local residents opposed to "xeriscaping"?

　　[A] It cannot reduce water requirements.

　　[B] It has proved to be too costly.

　　[C] It is not suited for the local area.

　　[D] It does not have enough advantages.

　　29. According to the passage, if planners adopt an asset-based approach, they will probably_______.

　　[A] incorporate the areas natural and cultural heritage into their design

　　[B] make careful estimation of the areas natural resources before designing

　　[C] combine natural resources and practical functions in their design

　　[D] envision more purposes for urban landscaping in their design

　　30. According to the passage, future landscaping designs will rely more on_______.

　　[A] human assumptions

　　[B] field work

　　[C] scientific estimation

　　[D] laboratory work

　　Part Ⅲ GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

　　31. Which party is in power now in the UK?

　　[A] The Conservative Party.

　　[B] The Labour Party.

　　[C] The Liberal Democrats.

　　[D] The Scottish National Party.

　　32. Which of the following lakes does Canada share with the United States?

　　[A] Lake Winnipeg.

　　[B] The Great Slave Lake.

　　[C] The Great Bear Lake.

　　[D] The five Great Lakes.

　　33. U. S. senators serve for ____ years after they are elected.

　　[A] four

　　[B] six

　　[C] three

　　[D] two

　　34. Who were the natives of Australia before the arrival of the British settlers?

　　[A] The Eskimos.

　　[B] The Maori.

　　[C] The Indians.

　　[D] The Aborigines.

　　35. ____ is best known for the technique of dramatic monologue in his poems.

　　[A] Robert Browning

　　[B] W. B. Yeats

　　[C] William Blake

　　[D] William Wordsworth

　　36. Which of the following is a contemporary British poet?

　　[A] Ted Hughes.

　　[B] William Wordsworth.

　　[C] E. E. Cummings.

　　[D] Carl Sandburg.

　　37. Who was the author of Moby-Dick?

　　[A] Nathaniel Hawthorne.

　　[B] Ralph Waldo Emerson.

　　[C] Herman Melville.

　　[D] Washington Irving.

　　38. The words "tennis, badminton, golf, basketball and football" constitute a ____ field.

　　[A] semantic

　　[B] connotative

　　[C] conceptual

　　[D] collocative

　　39. A: Do you like ice cream? B: Yes, I do.

　　This is an example of ____.

　　[A] reference

　　[B] substitution

　　[C] conjunction

　　[D] ellipsis

　　40. Which of the following is a voiceless consonant?

　　[A] [ j ]

　　[B] [ w ]

　　[C] [ p ]

　　[D] [ l ]

　　PART IV PRROFREADING & ERROR CORRECTION

　　The passage contains TEN errors．Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In

　　each case, only ONE word is involved．You should proof-read the passage and correct it in the

　　following way：

　　For a wrong word， underline the wrong word and write the correct one in the blank

　　provided at theendof the line．

　　For a missing word． mark the position of the missing word with a "^" sign and write the

　　word you believe to be missing in the blank provided at theendof

　　the line．

　　For an unnecessary word， cross the unnecessary word with a slash”／”and put the word in the

　　blank provided at theendof the line．

　　EXAMPLE

　　When ^ art museum wants a new exhibit， (1) an

　　it never buys things in finished form and hangs (2) never

　　them on the wall．When a natural history museum

　　wants an exhibition, it must often build it． (3) exhibit

　　When I was in my early teens, I was taken to a spectacular show

　　on ice by the mother of a friend. Looked round at the luxury of the (1)

　　rink, my friend’s mother remarked on the “plush” seats we had been

　　given. I did not know what she meant, and being proud of my (2)

　　vocabulary, I tried to infer its meaningfromthe context. “Plush”

　　was clearly intended asa complimentary, a positive evaluation; that (3)

　　much I could tell itfromthe tone of voice and the context. So I (4)

　　started to use the word Yes, I replied, they certainly are plush, and

　　so are the ice rink and the costumes of the skaters, aren’t they? My

　　friend’s mother was very polite to correct me, but I could tellfromher (5)

　　expression that I had not got the word auite right.

　　Often we can indeed inferfromthe context what a word roughly

　　Neans, and that is in fact the way which we usually acquire both (6)

　　new words and new meanings for familiar words, specially in our (7)

　　own first language. But sometimes we need to ask, as I should have

　　asked for plush, and this is particularly true in the (8)

　　aspect of a foreign language. If you are continually surrounded by (9)

　　speakers of the language you are learning, you can ask them directly,

　　but often this opportunity does not exist for the learner of English.

　　So dictionaries have been developed to mendthe gap. (10)

　　PART V TRANSLATION

　　SECTION A CHINESES TO ENGLISH

　　茶花（camellia）的自然花期在12月至翌年4月，以红色系为主，另有黄色系和白色系等，花色艳丽。本届花展充分展示了茶花的品种资源和科研水平，是近三年来本市规模最大的一届茶花展。为了使广大植物爱好者有更多与茶花亲密接触的机会，本届茶花展的布展范围延伸至整个园区，为赏花游客带来便利。

　　此次茶花展历时2个月，展期内200多个茶花品种将陆续亮相。

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　At its heart, psycholinguistic work consists of two questions. One is what knowledge of language is needed for us to use language? In a sense, we must know a language to use it, but we are not always fully aware of this knowledge. A distinction may be drawn between tacit knowledge and explicit knowledge. Tacit knowledge refers to the knowledge of how to perform various acts, whereas explicit knowledge refers to the knowledge of the processes or mechanisms used in these acts. We sometimes know how to do something without knowing how we do it. For instance, a baseball pitcher (投手) might know how to throw a baseball 90 miles an hour but might have little or no explicit knowledge of the muscle groups that are involved in this act. Similarly, we may distinguish between knowing how to speak and knowing what processes are involved in producing speech. Generally speaking, much of our linguistic knowledge is tacit rather than explicit.

　　PART VI WRITING

　　There has been a new trendin economic activity--the sharing economy. The biggest section of the sharing economy is travel. You can find a potential host through awebsite. If you both get along and they are available during your planned trip, you stand a chance of getting a place to stay for free. In addition, people also usewebsites and apps to rent out their cars, houses, tools, clothes and services to one another. Time magazine has included this trendin a list titled “10 ideas that will change the world”. It said: “In an era when families are scattered and we may not know the people down the streets, sharing things--even with strangers we’ve just met on line--allows us to make meaningful connections.” What do you think of Time’s comment?

　　My Views on the Sharing Economy

　　In the first part of your essay you should state clearly your main argument, and in the second part you should support your argument with appropriate details. In the last part you should bring what you have written to a natural conclusion or make a summary.

　　Marks will be awarded for content, organization, language and appropriateness. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your essay on Answer Sheet Four.

　　答案

　　PartⅠListening Comprehension

　　Section A Mini-lecture

　　1. parts of language

　　2. other features

　　3. rhythm

　　4. having the ability

　　5. a particular subject

　　6. knowledge or experience

　　7. reinterpreting

　　8. predicting/making predictions

　　9. types of predictions

　　10. contents

　　Section B Interview

　　1-5 DCBAC

　　6-10 CADBB

　　PartⅡ Reading Comprehension

　　11-15 CDBAC

　　16-20 ACDCB

　　21-25 BCABD

　　26-30 DADAC

　　Part ⅢGeneral Knowledge

　　31-35 ADBDA

　　36-40 ACABC

　　Part ⅣProofreading & Error Correction

　　1. Looked→Looking

　　2. and→but

　　3. complimentary→compliment

　　4.it→去掉it

　　5. very→too

　　6.∧which→in

　　7. specially→especially或particularly

　　8. for→about

　　9. aspect→case

　　10. been→去掉been

　　Part ⅤTranslation

　　Section A Chinese to English

　　Camellia’s flowering period startsfromDecember andends in the next April，and the colors of the flowers are bright and showy with red in majority, yellow, white and other colors in minority. It’s the city’s largest camellia show in recent three years, which fully displays camellia’s various species as well as human’s scientific research level of it. In order to provide the majority of plant-lovers with more opportunities to closely appreciate the beauty of camellia, the area of the Camellia Show is extended to the whole garden so that it can bring more convenience for the visitors.

　　The Camellia Show takes over two months, in which more than 200 various camellias will be presented successively.

　　Section B English to Chinese

　　心理语言学的研究包括两个核心问题。第一，我们使用语言需要什么语言知识？从某种意义上说，我们必须拥有某种语言的知识才能使用该语言，但却并不总是能完全意识到这种知识。我们可能要对隐性知识和显性知识加以区分。隐性知识是指如何执行各种动作所拥有的知识，而显性知识是指在这些动作中使用的过程或者机制所蕴含的知识。有时，我们知道如何做某事，却无法说出我们是怎么做的。比如，一名棒球投手可能知道如何以每小时90英里的`速度把球抛出去，但对有关参与此活动的肌群的显性知识却知之甚少，或一无所知。同样地，我们知道如何说话，但却不清楚言语产生包含哪些过程。总的来说，我们的大多数语言知识都是隐性知识而非显性知识。

　　Part ⅥWriting

　　参考范文

　　My Views on the Sharing Economy

　　The sharing economy refers to the economic pattern in which people share access to resources, such as goods, services and data. This newly emerging trendwould be impossible without the development of technology. It is the Internetthat makes the sharing cheaper and easier and helps to strike a balance between supply and demand. Time magazine has listed the sharing economy as one of the “10 ideas that will change the world”. As far asthe comment is concerned, I cannot agree with Time more.

　　As one of the greatest benefits of the digital age, the sharing economy arisesfromour oldest instinct as human beings. There is always an urge for us to connect with others, especially in an era when families are scattered and we do not really know the people who live nearby. It has been said that “Joys shared with others are more enjoyed.” However, in my eyes, the resources shared with others are more beneficial to our society.

　　On the one hand, sharing economy leads to a more efficient use of resources. Some items are expensive to buy but widely owned by people who do not make the best use of them. Occasional sharing may provide extraincome for the owners and can be less costly for the borrowers. If managed well, a win-win situation is achieved for both parties in the process. Besides, sharing economy contributes to environmental protection. Takeaccommodation for example. The more hotels are built, the more resources are required, which might in turn result in a decrease in arable land and public green space. On the other hand, the transaction cost is reduced due to the use of Internetand various apps. With a smart phone in your hand, it is not difficult to find a potential host in the neighboring area. People are meeting increasingly on screens,discussing onlineand purchasing goods domestic and overseas, paying through Internetpayment system.

　　To summarize, although the sharing economy is not perfect at present because of concerns in insurance, legal liability, safety and the like, I believe, quite firmly, that it represents the future trendand has the power to change the world for the convenience and flexibility it brings to us. Just as the old Chinese saying goes, the defects cannot obscure the virtues of a splendid jade, and I assume it also applies to the sharing economy.

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 2

　　PARTI LISTENING COMPREHENSION[25 MIN]

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY.While listening to mini-lecture,please complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE and write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap. Make sure you fill in isboth grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　You have THIRTY seconds to preview the gap-filling task.

　　Now listen to the mini-lecture. When it is over, you will be given THREE minutes to check your work.

　　SECTIONB INTERVIEW

　　I n this section you will hear ONE interview.The interview will be divided into TWO parts.At theendof each part, five questions will be asked about what was said.Both the interview and the questions will be spokenONCE ONLY. After each question there will be a ten-second pause. During the pause, you should read the four choices of A), B), C) and D), and mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　You have THIRTY seconds to preview the choices.

　　Now, listen to the first interview. Questions 1 to 5 are based on Part Oneof the interview.

　　Now listen to the interview.

　　1. A. Announcement of results.

　　B. Lack of a timeschedule.

　　C. Slowness in ballots counting.

　　D. Direction of the electoral events.

　　2. A. Other voices within Afghanistan wanted so.

　　B. The date had been set previously.

　　C. All the ballots had been counted.

　　D. The UN advised them to do so.

　　3. A. To calm the voters.

　　B. To speed up the process.

　　C. To stick to the election rules.

　　D. Tostop complaintsfromthe labor.

　　4. A. Unacceptable.

　　B. Unreasonable.

　　C. Insensible.

　　D. Ill considered.

　　5. A. Supportive.

　　B. Ambivalent.

　　C. Opposed.

　　D. Neutral.

　　Now listening to Part Two of the interview. Questions 6 to 10 are based on Part Two of the interview.

　　6. A. Ensure the government includes all parties.

　　B. Discuss who is going to be the winner.

　　C. Supervise the counting of votes.

　　D. Seek supportfromimportant sectors.

　　7. A. 36%-24%.

　　B. 46%-34%.

　　C. 56%-44%.

　　D. 66%-54%.

　　8. A. Both candidates.

　　B. Electoral institutions.

　　C. The United Nations.

　　D. Not specified.

　　9. A. It was unheard of.

　　B. It was on a small scale.

　　C. It was insignificant.

　　D.It occurred elsewhere.

　　10.A. Problems in the electoral process.

　　B. Formation of a new government.

　　C. Premature announcement of results.

　　D. Democracy in Afghanistan.

　　PARTⅡREADING COMPREHENSION[25 MIN]

　　SECTION A MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

　　In this section there are three passages followed by fourteen multiple choice questions. For each multiple choice question, there are four suggested answers marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that you think is the best answer and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　(1) ―Britain’s best export,‖ I was told by the Department of Immigration in Canberra, ―is people.‖ Close on 100,000 people have applied for assisted passages in the first five months of the year, and half of these are eventually expected to migrate to Australia.

　　(2) The Australian are delighted. They are keenly ware that without a strong flow of immigrants into the workforce the development of the Australian economy is unlikely to proceed at the ambitious pace currently envisaged. The new mineral discoveries promise a splendid future, and the injection of huge amounts of American and British capital should help to ensure that they are properly exploited, but with unemployment in Australia down to less than 1.3 per cent, the government is understandably anxious to attract more skilled labor.

　　(3) Australia is roughly the same size as the continental United States, but has only twelve million inhabitants. Migration has accounted for half the population increase in the last four years, and has contributed greatly to the country’s impressive economic development. Britain has always been the principal source –ninety per cent of Australians are of British descent, and Britain has provided one million migrants since the Second World War.

　　(4) Australia has also given great attention to recruiting people elsewhere. Australians decided they had an excellent potential source of applicants among the so-called ―guest workers‖ who have crossed the ir own frontiers to work in other arts of Europe. There were estimated to be more than four million of them, and a large number were offered subsidized passages and guaranteed jobs in Australia. Italy has for some years been the second biggest source of migrants, and the Australians have also managed to attract a large number of Greeks

　　and Germans.

　　(5) One drawback with them, so far as the Australians are concerned, is that integration tends to be more difficult. Unlike the British, continental migrants have to struggle with an unfamiliar language and new customs. Many naturally gravitate towards the Italian or Greek communities which have grown up in cities such as Sydney and Melbourne. These colonies have their own newspapers, their own shops, and theirown clubs. Their habitants are not Australians, but Europeans.

　　(6) The government’s avowed aim, however, is to maintain ―a substantially homogeneous society into whichnewcomers,fromwhatever sources, will merge themselves‖. By and large, therefore, Australia still prefers British migrants, and tends to be rather less selective in their case than it is with others.

　　(7) A far bigger cause of concerns than the growth of national groups, however, is the increasing number of migrants who return to their countries of origin. One reason is that people nowadays tendto be more mobile, and that it is easier than in the past to save the return fare, but economic conditions also have something to do with it. A slower rate of growth invariably produces discontent –and if this coincides with greater prosperity in Europe, a lot of people tendto feel that perhaps they were wrongto come here after all.

　　(8) Several surveys have been conducted recently into the reasons why people go home. One noted that ―flies, dirt, and outside lavatories‖ were on the listof complaintsfromBritish immigrants, and added that many peoplealso complained about ―the crudity, bad manners, and unfriendliness of the Australians‖. Another survey gave climate conditions, homesickness, and ―the stark appearance of the Australian countryside‖ as the main reasons for leaving.

　　(9) Most British migrants miss council housing the National Health scheme, and their relatives and former neighbor. Loneliness is a big factor, especially among housewives. The men soon make new friends at work, but wives tendto find it much harder to get used to a different way of life. Many are housebound because of inadequate public transport in most outlying suburbs, and regular correspondence with their old friends at home only serves to increase their discontent. One housewife was quoted recently as saying: ―I even find I miss the people I used to hate at home.‖

　　(10) Rent are high, and there are long waiting lists for Housing Commission homes. Sickness can be an expensive business and the climate can be unexpectedly rough. The gap between Australian and British wage packets is no longer big, and people are generally expected to work harder here than they do at home. Professional men over forty often have difficulty in finding a decent job. Above all, perhaps, skilled immigrants often finds a considerable reluctance to accept their qualifications.

　　(11) According to the journal Australian Manufacturer, the attitude of many employers and fellow workers is anything but friendly. ―We Australians,‖ it stated in a recent issue, ―are just too fond of painting the rosy picture of the big, warm-hearted Aussie. As a matter of fact, we are so busy blowing our own trumpets that we have not not time to be warm-hearted and considerate. Go down ―heart-break alley‖ among some of the migrants and find out just how expansive the Aussie is to his immigrants.‖

　　11.The Australians want a strong flow of immigrants because .

　　A.Immigrants speed up economic expansion

　　B.unemployment is down to a low figure

　　C.immigrants attract foreign capital

　　D.Australia is as large as the United States

　　12.Australia prefers immigrantsfromBritain because .

　　A.they are selected carefully before entry

　　B.they are likely to form national groups

　　C.they easily merge intolocal communities

　　D.they are fond of living in small towns

　　13.In explaining why some migrants return to Europe the author .

　　A.stresses their economic motives

　　B.emphasizes the variety of their motives

　　C.stresses loneliness and homesickness

　　D.emphasizes the difficulties of men over forty

　　14.which of the following words is used literally, not metaphorically?

　　A.―flow‖ (Para. 2).

　　B.―injection‖ (Para. 2).

　　C.―gravitate‖(Para. 5).

　　D.―selective‖(Para. 6).

　　15.Para. 11 pictures the Australians as .

　　A.unsympathetic

　　B.ungenerous

　　C.undemonstrative

　　D.unreliable

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　(1) Some of the advantages of bilingualism include better performance at tasks involving ―executive function‖ (which involves the brain’s ability to plan and prioritize), better defense against dementia in old age and—the obvious—the ability to speak a second language. One purported advantage was not mentioned, though. Many multilinguals report different personalities, or even different worldviews, when they speak their different languages.

　　(2) It’s an exciting notion, the idea that one’s very self coul d be broadened by the mastery of two or more languages. In obvious ways (exposure to new friends, literature and so forth) the self really is broadened. Yet it is different to claim—as many people do—to have a different personality when using a different language. A former Economist colleague, for example, reported being ruder in Hebrew than in English. So what is going on here?

　　(3) Benjamin Lee Whorf, an American linguist who died in 1941, held that each language

　　encodes a worldview that significantly infl uences its speakers. Often called ―Whorfianism‖, this idea has its sceptics,but there are still good reasons to believe language shapes thought. (4) This influence is not necessarily linked to the vocabulary or grammar of a second language. Significantly, most people are not symmetrically bilingual. Many have learned one language at homefromparents, and another later in life, usually at school. So bilinguals usually have different strengths and weaknesses in their different languages—and they are not always best in their first language. For example, when tested in a foreign language, people are less likely to fall into a cognitive trap (answering a test question with an obvious-seeming but wrong answer) than when tested in their native language. In part this is because working in a second language slows down the thinking. No wonder people feel different when speaking them. And no wonder they feel looser, more spontaneous, perhaps more assertive or funnier or blunter, in the language they were reared infromchildhood.

　　(5) What of ―crib‖ bilinguals, raised in two languages? Even they do not usually have perfectlysymmetrical competence in their two languages. But even for a speaker whose two languages are very nearly the same in ability, there is another big reason that person will feel different in the two languages. This is because there is an important distinction between bilingualism and biculturalism.

　　(6) Many bilinguals are not bicultural. But some are. And of those bicultural bilinguals, we should be little surprised that they feel different in their two languages. Experiments in psychology have shown the power of ―priming‖—small unnoticed factors that can affect behavior in big ways. Asking people to tell a happy story, for example, will put them in a better mood. The choice between two languages is a huge prime. Speaking Spanish rather than English, for a bilingual and bicultural Puerto Rican in New York, might conjure feelings of family and home. Switching to English might prime the same person to think of school and work.

　　(7) So there are two very good reasons (asymmetrical ability, and priming) that make people feel different speaking their different languages. We are still left with a third kind of argument, though. An economist recently interviewed here at Prospero, Athanasia Chalari, said for example that:

　　Greeks are very loud and they interrupt each other very often. The reason for that is the Greek grammar and syntax. When Greeks talk they begin their sentences with verbs and the form of the verb includes a lot of information so you already know what they are talking about after the first word and can interrupt more easily.

　　(8) Is there something intrinsic to the Greek language that encourages Greeks to interrupt? People seem to enjoy telling tales about their languages inherent properties, and how they influence their speakers. A group of French intellectual worthies once proposed, rather self-flatteringly, that French be the sole legal language of the EU, because of its supposedly unmatchable rigor and precision. Some Germans believe that frequently putting the verb at theendof a sentence makes the language especially logical. But language myths are not always self-flattering: many speakers think their languages are unusually illogical or difficult—witness the plethora of books along the lines of "Only in English do you park on a driveway and drive on a parkway; English must be the craziest language in the world!" We also see some unsurprising overlap with national stereotypes and self-stereotypes: French, rigorous; German, logical; English, playful. Of course.

　　(9) In this case, Ms Chalari, a scholar, at least proposed a specific and plausible line of causationfromgrammar to personality: in Greek, theverb comes first, and it carries a lot of information, hence easy interrupting. The problem is that many unrelated languages all around the world put the verb at the beginning of sentences. Many languages all around the world are heavily inflected, encoding lots of information in verbs. It would be a striking finding if all of these unrelated languages had speakers more prone to interrupting each other. Welsh, for example, is also both verb-first and about as heavily inflected as Greek, but the Welsh are not known as pushy conversationalists.

　　16. According to the author, which of the following advantages of bilingualismis commonly accepted?

　　A. Personality improvement.

　　B. Better task performance.

　　C. Change of worldviews.

　　D. Avoidance of old-age disease.

　　17. According to the passage, that language influences thought may be related to .

　　A. the vocabulary of a second language

　　B. the grammar of a second language

　　C. the improved test performance in a second language

　　D. the slowdown of thinking in a second language

　　18. W hat is the author’s response to the question at the beginning of Para. 8?

　　A.It’s just one of the popular tales of national stereotypes.

　　B. Some properties inherent can make a language logical.

　　C. German and French are good examples of Whorfianism.

　　D. There is adequate evidence to support a positive answer.

　　19. Which of the following statements concerning Para. 9 is correct?

　　A. Ms. Chalari’s theory about the Greek language is well grounded.

　　B. Speakers of many other languages are also prone to interrupting.

　　C. Grammar is unnecessarily a condition for change in personality.

　　D. Many unrelated languages don’t have the same features as Greek.

　　20. In discussing the issue, the author’s attitude is .

　　A. satirical

　　B. objective

　　C. critical

　　D.ambivalent

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　(1) Once across the river and into the wholesale district, she glanced about her for some likely door at which to apply. As she contemplated the wide windows and imposing signs, she became conscious of being gazed upon and understood for what she was-a wage-seeker. She

　　had never done this thing before, and lacked courage. To avoid a certain indefinable shame she felt at being caught spying about for a position, she quickened her steps and assumed an air of indifferencesupposedly common to one upon an errand. In this way she passed many manufacturing and wholesale houses without once glancing in. At last, after several blocks of walking, she felt that this would not do, and began to look about again, though without relaxing her pace. A little way on she saw a great door which, for some reason, attracted her attention. It wasornamented by a small brass sign, and seemed to be the entrance to a vast hive of six or seven floors. "Perhaps," she thought, "they may want some one," and crossed over to enter. When she came within a score of feet of the desired goal, she saw through the window a young man in a grey checked suit. That he had anything to do with the concern, she could not tell, but because he happened to be looking in her direction her weakening heart misgave her and she hurried by, tooovercome with shame to enter. Over the way stood a great six-story structure, labelled Storm and King, which she viewed with rising hope. It was a wholesale dry goods concern and employed women. She could see them moving about now and then upon the upper floors. This place she decided to enter, no matter what. She crossed over and walked directly toward the entrance. As she did so, two men came out and paused in the door. A telegraph messenger in blue dashed past her and up the few steps that led to the entrance and disappeared. Several pedestrians out of the hurrying throng which filled the sidewalks passed about her as she paused, hesitating. She looked helplessly around, and then, seeing herself observed, retreated. It was too difficult a task. She could not go past them. (2) So severe a defeat told sadly upon her nerves. Her feet carried her mechanically forward, every foot of her progress being a satisfactory portion of a flight which she gladly made. Block after block passed by. Upon streetlamps at the various corners sheread names such as Madison, Monroe, La Salle, Clark, Dearborn, State, and still she went, her feet beginning to tire upon the broad stone flagging. She was pleased in part that the streets were bright and clean. The morning sun, shining down with steadily increasing warmth, made the shady side of the streets pleasantly cool. She looked at the blue sky overhead with more realization of its charm than hadever come to her before.

　　(3) Her cowardice began to trouble her in a way. She turned back, resolving to hunt up Storm and King and enter. On the way, she encountered a great wholesaleshoe company, through the broad plate windows of which she saw an enclosed executive department, hidden by frosted glass. Without this enclosure, but just within the street entrance, sat a grey-haired gentleman at a small table, with a large open ledger before him. She walked by this institution several times hesitating, but, finding herself unobserved, faltered past the screen door and stood humble waiting.

　　(4) "Well, young lady," observed the old gentleman, looking at her somewhat kindly, "what is it you wish?"

　　(5) "I am, that is, do you--I mean, do you need any help?" she stammered.

　　(6) "Not just at present," he answered smiling. "Not just at present. Come in some time next week. Occasionally we need some one."

　　(7) She received the answer in silence and backed awkwardly out. The pleasant nature of her reception rather astonished her. She had expected that it would be more difficult, that something cold and harsh would be said--she knew not what. That she had not been put to shame and made to feel her unfortunate position, seemed remarkable. She did not realize that

　　it was just this which made her experience easy, but the result was the same.She felt greatly relieved.

　　(8) Somewhat encouraged, she ventured into another large structure. It was aclothing company, and more people were in evidence.

　　(9) An office boy approached her.

　　(10) "Who is it you wish to see?" he asked.

　　(11) "I want to see the manager," she returned.

　　(12) He ran away and spoke to one of a group of three men who were conferring together. One of these came towards her.

　　(13)"Well?" he said coldly. The greeting drove all couragefromher at once.

　　(14) "Do you need any help?" she stammered.

　　(15)"No," he replied abruptly, and turned upon his heel.

　　(16)She went foolishly out, the office boy deferentially swinging the door for her, and gladly sank into the obscuring crowd. It was a severe setback to her recently pleased mental state.

　　21. She quickened her steps because she .

　　A.was afraid of being seen as a stranger

　　B.was in a hurry to leave the district

　　C.wanted to look like someone working there

　　D.wanted to apply at more factories that day

　　22. Why didn’t she enter Storm and King the first time?

　　A.She was too timid to enter the building

　　B.Two men stopped her at the entrance

　　C.Several pedestrians had found her strange

　　D.The messenger had closed the door behind him

　　23. What does ―every foot of her progress being a satisfactory portion of a flight which she gladly made‖ mean according to the context (Para.2)?

　　A.She thought she was making progress in job search.

　　B.She was glad that she was looking for a job.

　　C.She found her experience satisfactory.

　　D.She just wanted to leave the place.

　　24. Why did she feel greatly relieved (Para.7)?

　　A.She eventually managed to enter the building.

　　B.She was kindly received by the clerk.

　　C.She had the courage to make an inquiry.

　　D.She was promised a work position.

　　SECTION B SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS

　　In this section there are eight short answer questions based on the passages in SECTION A. Answer each question in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS in the space provided on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　25. What do ―promise‖ and ―should‖ in Para. 2 imply about author’s vision of Australia’s economy?

　　26. Explain the meaning of ―the growth of national groups‖ according to the context (Para. 7). PASSAGE TWO

　　27. Explain the meaning of ―The choice between two languages is a huge prime.‖ according to

　　the context (Para. 6)

　　28. What reasons does the author give to explain why people feel different when speaking different languages?

　　29. What does the author focus on in the passage?

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　30. Select and write down at least THREE words or phrases in Para. 1 describing the girl’s inner feelings while walking in the streets looking for a job.

　　31. Explain the meaning of ―So severe a defeat told sadly upon her nerves.‖ according to the context (Para. 2).

　　32. In ―It was a severe setback to her recently pleased mental state.‖ (Para. 16), what does ―her recently pleased mental state‖ refer to according to the context?

　　PART III LANGUAGE USAGE [15 MIN]

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proof-read the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　For a wrong word, underline the wrong word and write the correct one in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　For a missing word, mark the position of the missing word with a “∧”sign and

　　write the word you believe to be missing in the blank

　　provided at theendof the line.

　　For an unnecessary word, cross the unnecessary word with a slash “/”and put the

　　word in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　Example

　　When∧art museum wants a new exhibit, (1) an

　　it never buys things in finished form and hangs (2) never

　　them on the wall. When a natural history museum

　　wants an exhibition, it must often build it. (3) exhibit

　　Proofread the given passage on ANSWER SHEET THREE as instructed

　　PART IV TRANSLATION [20 MIN]

　　Translate the underlined part of the following textfromChinese into English. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE

　　文学书籍起码使我们的内心可以达到这样的三感:善感、敏感和美感。生活不如意时,文学书籍给我们提供了可以达到一种比现实更美好的境界——书里面的水可能比我们现实生活中的水要清,天比我们现实中的天要蓝;现实中没有完美的爱情,但在书里有永恒的'《梁山伯与祝英台》《罗密欧与朱丽叶》。读书,会弥补我们现实生活中所存在的不堪和粗糙。

　　PART V WRITING [45 MIN]

　　The following are two excerpts about job hopping. Read the two excerpts carefully and write an article of NO LESS THAN 300 WORDS, in which you should:

　　1. summarize the main arguments in the two excerpts, and then

　　2. express your opinion on perfection, especially on whether aiming for perfection matters in whatever you do.

　　You can support yourself with informationfromthe excerpts.

　　Marks will be awarded for content relevance, content sufficiency, organization and language quality. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your article on ANSWER SHEET FOUR

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 3

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening, take notes on the important points. Your notes will not be marked, but you will need themto complete a gap-filling task after the mini-lecture. When the lecture is over, you will be given two minutes to check your notes, and another ten minutesto complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE. Some of the gaps may require a maximum of THREE words. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may refer to your noteswhile completing the task. Use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　Now, listen to the mini-lecture.

　　Classifications of Cultures

　　According to Edward Hall, different cultures result in different ideas about the world. Hall is an anthropologist. He is interested in relations between cultures.

　　I. High-context culture

　　A. feature

　　- context: more important than the message

　　- meaning: (1)__________

　　i.e. more attention paid to (2) ___________ than to the message itself

　　B. examples

　　- personal space

　　- preference for (3)__________

　　- less respect for privacy / personal space

　　- attention to (4)___________

　　- concept of time

　　- belief in (5)____________ interpretation of time

　　- no concern for punctuality

　　- no control over time

　　II. Low-context culture

　　A. feature

　　- message: separatefromcontext

　　- meaning: (6)___________

　　B. examples

　　- personal space

　　- desire / respect for individuality / privacy

　　- less attention to body language

　　- more concern for (7)___________

　　- attitude toward time

　　- concept of time: (8)____________

　　- dislike of (9)_____________

　　- time seenas commodity

　　III. Conclusion

　　Awareness of different cultural assumptions

　　- relevance in work and life

　　e.g. business, negotiation, etc.

　　- (10)_____________ insuccessful communication

　　参考答案：

　　(1) context of message

　　(2) whats happening / the context

　　(3) closeness to people

　　(4) body language

　　(5) poly-chronic

　　(6) message itself

　　(7) the message

　　(8) mono-chronic

　　(9) lateness

　　(10) great influence / significance

　　TIPS：

　　(1) 根据原文中一句“A high-context culture is a culture in which the context of the message, or the action, or an event carries a large part of its meaning and significance.”可知答案。

　　(2) 根据原文“What this means is that in a high-context culture, more attention is paid to whats happening in and around the message than to the message itself.”可知答案。

　　(3) 根据原文“Generally speaking, in a high-context culture, because this greater dependency on group thinking, people lean towards heavier sense of involvement or closeness to people.”可得出答案。

　　(4) 根据原文“And also peoplefroma high-context culture pay attention to body language.”可得出答案。

　　(5) 根据原文“People in high-context cultures, are considered to have, what is called a poly-chronic attitude toward time.”可得出答案。

　　(6) 根据原文“A low-context culture is one in which the message, the event or the action is a separate entity, having meaning onto itself, regardless of the surroundings or the context.”可得出答案。

　　(7) 根据原文“And youll also see that people might pay less attention to body language, because as I said, the message is, the message is everything.”可得出答案。

　　(8) 原文提到在low-context culture中，人们对时间的态度可称为mono-chronic。

　　(9) 根据原文“People in a low-context culture would be much more upset with lateness, because they feel that everyone should follow the same time.”可得出答案。

　　(10) 根据文章末尾部分“If youre in business, negotiations, interpersonal relations, if youre dealing with peoplefromdifferent cultures in any way, its going to affect every part of your life. In any multi-cultural situation, these assumptions need to be taken into account for successful interactions.”可知，在商务活动、谈判、人际交往中，与来自不同文化的人打交道时，这些想法对成功的交际起着非常重要的作用。

　　script:

　　Classifications of Cultures

　　Good morning, everyone! Today, well look at culture or rather classifications of cultures. Usually, when we deal with different people, we deal with them as if we were all members of the same culture. However, its possible that peoplefromdifferent cultures have different assumptions about the world. We got in such important and basic ideas as time, personal space. And this is the view of Edward Hall. And Edward Hall is an anthropologist who spent a large part of his life studying American Indians, their culture, their language. But he was differentfroma lot of other anthropologists who just study one culture. He was interested in the relations between cultures, how cultures interact. What Hall believes is that cultures can be classified by placing them on a continuum, rangingfromwhat he called high-context to low-context.

　　OK, what is a high-context culture? A high-context culture is a culture in which the context of the message, or the action, or an event carries a large part of its meaning and significance. What this means is that in a high-context culture, more attention is paid to whats happening in and around the message than to the message itself.

　　Now, let me give you examples. First, in terms of personal space. Generally speaking, in a high-context culture, because this greater dependency on group thinking, people lean towards heavier sense of involvement or closeness to people. And they have less respect for privacy, for personal space. If you go into that culture, people might stand closer when theyre talking to you. They might touch more. And if theyre jostled in a crowd, they wont feel violated. And also peoplefroma high-context culture pay attention to body language. Because remember what I said, the definition of a high-context culture is that more attention is paid to the context of the message than to the message itself. And part of the context is body language.

　　Second, in terms of time. People in high-context cultures, are considered to have, what is called a poly-chronic attitude toward time. Here, "poly" means multiple and "chronic" means time. What this means is that they believe people, things, events have their own time. And there cant be a standard system of time for everything. What this leads them to believe is that you cant emphasize punctuality. Things happen when they are supposed to happen. So, theres a different attitude toward time; theres no set standard of time; you cant control time; everything has its own sense of time. So its a culture that pays little attention to time, to clock time.

　　Now, lets move on to low-context culture. A low-context culture is just theopposite. A low-context culture is one in which the message, the event or the action is a separate entity, having meaning onto itself, regardless of the surroundings or the context. That the message, the event, the action has meaning in itself. So what this means in a low-context culture, is that people pay more attention to the event itself rather than to the context which surrounds the event or the message. For example, in terms of personal space again, theres more emphasis on individuality. So the concept of privacy is very, very important. Whereas before, as I said, in a high-context culture, they might not even be concerned with privacy or personal space. But in a low-context culture, theres a feeling that we each have our own personal space. If you get too close, if you dont knock on doors before entering, thats an invasion of privacy. People feel violated. Theres a respect and a desire for privacy. And youll also see that people might pay less attention to body language, because as I said, the message is, the message is everything. They are not going to worry about all the details around it. What you say is the important thing, or what you do is the important thing.

　　Another example of a low-context culture is peoples attitude towards time. In terms of time, I said before, there was a poly-chronic sense of time in a high-context culture. What do you think there would be in a low-context culture? Mono-chronic? Right! A mono-chronic sense of time and by that we mean that theres one time. And that concept means that people in a low-context culture believe that theres one standard of time. And that should be for everything. And so I am not willing to hear "Oh, the traffic was heavy. Thats why Im late" or "Oh, I slept late". People in a low-context culture would be much more upset with lateness, because they feel that everyone should follow the same time. There shouldnt be all this flexibility with time and they expect punctuality. And they look at time as almosta commodity that they use expressions like "use time, to waste time, to spendtime or time is money". All of these expressions reinforce the concept that time is actually something you can hold on to.

　　So, what this is all about is that, Hall stresses that people need to be aware of these different assumptions or concepts about reality. And he thinks that this has all kinds of relevance no matter what youre doing. If youre in business, negotiations, interpersonal relations, if youre dealing with peoplefromdifferent cultures in any way, its going to affect every part of your life. In any multi-cultural situation, these assumptions need to be taken into account for successful interactions.

　　OK, today weve taken a brief look at Edward Halls view of culture, mainly his classification of high- or low-context culture with some examples. Next week, well look at some more examples of cultures on a continuum between high-context and low-context cultures.

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW/CONVERSATIONIn this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 1 to 5 are based on an interview. At theendof the interview you will be given 10 seconds to answer each of the following five questions.

　　Now, listen to the interview.

　　1. According to Dr. Harley, what makes language learning more difficult after a certain age?

　　A. Differences between two languages.

　　B. Declining capacity to learn syntax.

　　C. Lack of time available.

　　D. Absence of motivation.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：答案选B。Harley博士提到有研究表明，语言特别是句法方面的学习在12岁以后更难。

　　2. What does the example of Czech speakers show?

　　A. Its natural for language learners to make errors.

　　B. Differences between languages cause difficulty.

　　C. There exist differences between English and Czech.

　　D. Difficulty stemsfromeither difference or similarity.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：答案选D。Harley博士提到有研究发现学习英语的捷克人会在相同的捷克语和英语句法上犯错，因此证明了语言学习者的困难也可能来自相似性。

　　3. Which of the following methods does NOT advocate speaking?

　　A. The traditional method.

　　B. The audiolingual method.

　　C. The immersion method.

　　D. The direct method.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：答案选A。因为其他三种方法都要求或强调口语，而传统方法强调语法教学。

　　4. Which hypothesis deals with the role of language knowledge in the learning process?

　　A. The acquisition and learning distinction hypothesis.

　　B. The comprehensible input hypothesis.

　　C. The monitor hypothesis.

　　D. The active filter hypothesis.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：答案选C。当Harley博士在解释monitor hypothesis时，他提到monitor会使用语法规则，电台主持人向他确认是否这意味着学习者运用语言知识确保所说和所写的正确无误，Harley博士的回答是肯定的。

　　5. Which of the following topics is NOT discussed during the interview?

　　A. Causes of language learning difficulties.

　　B. Differences between mother tongue and a second language.

　　C. Theoretical conceptualization of second language learning.

　　D. Pedagogical implementation of second language teaching.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：答案选B。其他三项在对话中均有提及，D项没有提及。

　　script:

　　Woman: Good morning, Dr. Harley! Thank you very muchfor coming on our radio talk. We know that youre an applied linguist specializing in second language acquisition.

　　Dr. Harley: Right!

　　Woman: So, today, um, well look at this issue. Now, first, Dr. Harley, could you please tell us what is second language acquisition?

　　Dr. Harley: Well, second language acquisition is ... happens when a child or adult has alreadybecome competent at a language. And then, um, they attempt to learn another.

　　Woman: OK, most people think, including me, it is difficult to learn another language. What are the reasons? Why is it so?

　　Dr. Harley: Well, there are a number of reasons for this. Huh, first, there have been research studies. They have shown that some aspects of language learning especially syntax are more difficult beyond a certain age, say, after around 12 years of age.

　　Woman: So, age plays an important role in language learning?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes. But thats not the only reason.

　　Woman: Oh, is that so?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, for example, huh, time and interest. All children and adults often have less time and motivation to learn a second language.

　　Woman: Mm …

　　Dr. Harley: Another is related to the similarities and differences between ones mother tongue and a second language. We find the learners will experience difficulty when their mother tongue and the second language theyre learning differ. In general, the more idiosyncratic a feature is in a particular language relative to other languages, the more difficult it will be to acquire.

　　Woman: Perhaps this is the key issue. Differences between languages cause language learning problems.

　　Dr. Harley: Well, this may be one of the issues here. But this cannot be the whole story, as not all differences between languages cause difficulty. Let me give you an example.

　　Woman: OK.

　　Dr. Harley: Research has found that many errors by Czech speakers learning English were made on syntactic constructions in which the two languages do not differ.

　　Woman: Oh, really? The picture ismore complicated than weve imagined.

　　Dr. Harley: Definitely yes. Each language learning situation is different. So reasons vary a lotfromcase to case.

　　Woman: Now, Dr. Harley, since learning a second language is a difficult process, you know, in one way or another, are there any methods so far, effective methods to teach a second language?

　　Dr. Harley: There again, no method is absolutely effective in all situations. Some may prove effective, others may not. I mean all depending on specific conditions. But generally speaking, there are a number of methods that have been used to teach a second language.

　　Woman: Could you mention a few?

　　Dr. Harley: For instance, theres the traditional method. This method is based on translationfromone language to another. And it emphasizes grammar teaching. And then you have direct methods which focuses on conversational skills and all teaching must be carried out in the second language.

　　Woman: Oh, I see. Any other methods?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, for example, the audio-lingual method. This method emphasizes speaking and listening before reading and writing.

　　Woman: How interesting!

　　Dr. Harley: Then you have the immersion method. This method teaches learners exclusively through the medium of the second language.

　　Woman: How?

　　Dr. Harley: Well, it simply means that you cannot speak mother tongue. Everything must be done in the language youre learning. To me, the most natural method of learning a new language is what I call submersion. That is, to go to that country and be surrounded exclusively by speakers of that language.

　　Woman: Thank you very much Dr. Harley for introducing some of the language teaching methods. Now lets move on to something a bit theoretical. Since second language acquisition and teaching are a fascinating area for researchers, are there any theories to explain second language acquisition?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, many theories and models have been put forward by researchers so far. Today, Id like to mention the five hypotheses proposed by Steven Krashen.

　　Woman: OK.

　　Dr. Harley: The five hypotheses form what he calls the Monitor Model of second language learning.

　　Woman: What does it mean?

　　Dr. Harley: OK, the first hypothesis is the Acquisition and Learning Distinction Hypothesis. According to Krashen, children acquire their first language largely unconsciously and automatically. But adults could only learn a second language consciously and effortfully. And adults could indeed acquire the second language, at least in part.

　　Woman: Right. Then whats his second hypothesis?

　　Dr. Harley: His second hypothesis is the Natural Order in Acquisition Hypothesis. Basically, he means that the ordering which learners acquire syntactic rules is the same in both languages.

　　Woman: Oh, thats something really new to me.

　　Dr. Harley: The third hypothesis is the Monitor Hypothesis, which is central to his theory. Here again,we come across the distinction between acquisition and learning. According to this hypothesis, the acquisition processes create sentences in the second language, right? But learning enables the development of a monitoring process to check and edit this output. The monitor uses knowledge of the rules. Thats why, as I said just now, learning is a conscious process.

　　Woman: This means in learning you use knowledge of the language to make sure what you say or write is correct. Is that so?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes. His fourth hypothesis is the Comprehensible Input Hypothesis. In order to move form one stage to the next, the learner must understand the meaning and the form of the input. This emphasizes the roleof comprehension. And finally, the Active Filter Hypothesis. This suggests attitude and emotional factors are also important in second language acquisition.

　　Woman: I guess Krashens model has provided a useful framework for second language learning.

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, it indeed has. And it has also proved to be one of the most influential theoretical approaches to teaching a second language.

　　Woman: OK, Dr. Harley, thank you once again for talking to us about second language acquisition.

　　Dr. Harley: Pleasure.

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCASTIn this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Question 6 is based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 10 seconds to answer the question.

　　Now, listen to the news.

　　6. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?

　　A. Greyhound is Britains largest bus and train operator.

　　B. Currently Greyhound routes in Britain are limited.

　　C. The coach startsfromLondon every hour.

　　D. Passengers are offered a variety of services.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。新闻中提到First Groups是英国最大的汽车和火车运营商，而Greyhound是其下的美国品牌。

　　script:

　　The 95-year old iconic American brand — Greyhound is taking to the British roads. First Group, Britains largest bus and train operator, and owner of the Greyhound coach brand in the U.S., said the buses would start runningfromLondon Victoria to Portsmouth and Southampton on Sept. 14. Tickets will cost as little as 1 with the average journey costing 7. It plans to roll out more routes next year. The hourly bus service will take just under two hours non-stop and will offer free Wi-Fi, power sockets for each passenger, air-conditioning, complimentary newspapers and leather seats.

　　Questions 7 and 8 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now, listen to the news.

　　7. What does the news item say about the fires in Greece?

　　A. Fires only occurred near the Greek capital.

　　B. Fires near the capital caused casualties.

　　C. Fires near the capital were the biggest.

　　D. Fires near the capital were soon under control.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：答案选D。由“Authorities reported 75 fires across the country.”可排除A。由“No injuries were reported.”可排除B项。C项未提及。

　　8. According to the news, what measure did authorities take to fight the fires?

　　A. Residents were asked to vacate their homes.

　　B. Troops were brought in to help the firefighters.

　　C. Air operations and water drops continued overnight.

　　D. Another six fire engines joined the firefighting operation.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。新闻提到调动空军、海军协助灭火，故B项正确。

　　script:

　　Greek firefighters planned to continue to work through the night to contain dozens of wild fires, including a massive blaze outside Athens, authority said. Greek Prime Minister, Kostas Karamanlis, called for calm on Saturday and said ground forces will continue their superhuman efforts until dawn, when air operations and water drops will resume. Authorities reported 75 fires across the country. The fires began late Friday in Grammatiko 40 kilometers (25 miles) northeast of the capital. Wind whipped a single blaze into three fires, which joined again Saturday. No injuries were reported. Authorities mobilized unitsfromthe navy, air force and marines to assist the firefighters in Grammatiko, the State Fire Department said. "The fire isparticularly complex, given the weather, the large quantity of fuel, the terrain and the proximity of residential areas," a statementfromthe Fire Department said. The cause of the original fire which belched clouds of heavy dark smoke was unknown, and officials were investigating. Forest and bush firesare common during Greeces hot, dry summers. Six firefighting aircraft were helping firefighters, according to the Athenss news agency.

　　Questions 9 and 10 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now, listen to the news.

　　9. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a cause of the current decline in the Mexican economy?

　　A. Fewer job opportunities in Mexico.

　　B. Strong ties with the U.S. economy.

　　C. Decline in tourism.

　　D. Decline in tax revenues.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。新闻提到墨西哥经济衰退的主要原因是其与美国经济联系甚密。另外，导致墨西哥经济衰退的原因还包括旅游业下滑和石油、税收的减少，只有A项不是原因。

　　10. Drop in remittancesfromabroad is mainly due to _________.

　　A. declining oil production

　　B. the outbreak of the H1N1 flu

　　C. the declining GDP in Mexico

　　D. the economic downturn in the U.S.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。新闻提到“RemittancesfromMexicans working abroad, most of them in the United States, also have fallen victim to the economic downturn.”，故D项正确。

　　script:

　　The Mexican economy went off a cliff in the second three months of2009, with the gross domestic product dropping 10.3%fromthe same period last year, according to government figures. Analysts say the main cause of Mexicos nosedive is that the nations economy is tied strongly to that of the United States, which is mired in the deepest economic downturn since the 1930s. Other factors dragging the Mexican economy down include a tourism decline caused by the H1N1 flu outbreak, declining oil and tax revenues and fewer Mexicans abroad sending money back home. Oil revenues, long Mexicos main source of money, have been hurt by lower global prices and declining production. RemittancesfromMexicans working abroad, most of them in the United States, also have fallen victim to the economic downturn. Fewer jobs in the United States means fewer opportunities for Mexicans to find work and sendmoney home. Remittances rank after oil in terms of revenue for the country. That revenue fellfrom$26 billion in2007to $25 billion in2008, Mexicos Central Bank said, and is expect to decrease even more this year. Tourism, Mexicans third largest source of revenue, has declined steadily since an outbreak of the H1N1 flue was first discovered in Mexico in April.

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION

　　In this section there are four reading passages followed by a total of 20 multiple-choice questions. Read the passages and then mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　TEXT A

　　Whenever we could, Joan and I took refuge in the streets of Gibraltar. The Englishmans home is his castle because he has not much choice. There is nowhere to sit in the streets of England, not even, after twilight, in the public gardens. The climate, very often, does not even permit him to walk outside. Naturally, he stays indoors and creates a cocoonof comfort. That was the way we lived in Leeds.

　　These southern people, on the other hand, look outwards. The Gibraltarian home is, typically, a small and crowded apartment up several flights of dark and dirty stairs. In it, one, two or even three old people share a few ill-lit rooms with the young family. Once he has eaten, changed his clothes, embraced his wife, kissed his children and his parents, there is nothing to keep the southern man at home. He hurries out, taking even his breakfast coffee at his local bar. He comes home late for his afternoon meal after an appetitive hour at his café. He sleeps for an hour, dresses, goes out again and stays out until late at night. His wife does not miss him, for she is out, too — at the market in the morning and in the afternoon sitting with other mothers, baby-minding in the sun.

　　The usual Gibraltarian home has no sitting-room, living-room or lounge. The parlour of our working-class houses would be an intolerable waste of space. Easy-chairs, sofas and such-like furniture are unknown. There are no bookshelves, because there are no books. Talking and drinking, as well as eating, are done on hard chairs round the dining-table, between a sideboard decorated with the best glasses and an inevitable displaycabinetfull of family treasures, photographs and souvenirs. The elaborate chandelier over this table proclaims it as the hub of the household and of the family. "Hearth and home" makes very little sense in Gibraltar. Ones home is ones town or village, and ones hearth is the sunshine.

　　Our northern towns are dormitories with cubicles,by comparison. When we congregate — in the churches it used to be, now in the cinema, say, impersonally, or at public meetings, formally — we are scarcely ever man to man. Only in our pubs can you find the truly gregariousand communal spirit surviving, and in England even the pubs are divided along class lines.

　　Along this Mediterranean coast, home is only a refuge and a retreat. The people live together in the open air — in the street, market-place. Down here, there is a far stronger feelingof community than we had ever known. In crowded and circumscribed Gibraltar, withits complicated inter-marriages, its identity of interests, its surviving sense of siege, one can see and feel an integrated society.

　　To live in a tiny town with allthe organization of a state, with Viceroy (总督), Premier, Parliament, Press and Pentagon, all in miniature, all within arms reach, is an intensive course in civics. In such an environment, nothing can be hidden, for better or for worse. Ones successes are seen and recognized; ones failures are immediately exposed. Social consciousness is at its strongest, with the result that there is a constant and firm pressure towards good social behaviour, towards courtesy and kindness. Gibraltar, with all its faults, is the friendliest and most tolerant of places. Straightfromthe cynical anonymity of a big city, we luxuriated in its happy personalism. We look back on it, like all its exiled sons and daughters, with true affection.

　　11. Which of the following best explains the differences in ways of living between the English and the Gibraltarians?

　　A. The family structure.

　　B. Religious belief.

　　C. The climate.

　　D. Eating habit.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章对英国人和直布罗陀的居民的不同生活方式进行描写，对比了两种迥异的社会习俗和社会结构。

　　12. The italicized part in the third paragraph implies that ____________.

　　A. English working-class homes are similar to Gibraltarian ones

　　B. English working-class homes have spacious sitting-rooms

　　C. English working-class homes waste a lot of space

　　D. the English working-class parlour is intolerable in Gibraltar

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。斜体字部分的含义是“英国工人阶级的会客厅对直布罗陀的居民来说是一种不能容忍的对空间的浪费”。

　　13. We learnfromthe description of the Gibraltarian home that it is _________.

　　A. modern

　　B. luxurious

　　C. stark

　　D. simple

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。文章提到直布罗陀的居民家里没有安乐椅、沙发、书柜等类似的家具，因此很简朴。

　　14. There is a much stronger sense of _______ among the Gibraltarians.

　　A. togetherness

　　B. survival

　　C. identity

　　D. leisure

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章好几处的用词如congregate、gregarious、communal spirit等都体现了直布罗陀人彼此之间较亲密。

　　15. According to the passage people in Gibraltar tendto be well-behaved because of the following EXCEPT _______.

　　A. the entirety of the state structure

　　B. constant pressurefromthe state

　　C. the small size of the town

　　D. transparency of occurrences

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。A、C、D在文章中均有提及，只有B错误，直布罗陀只是一个小城镇，不是一个state。

　　TEXT B

　　For office innovators, the unrealized dream of the "paperless" office is a classic example of high-tech hubris (傲慢). Todays office drone is drowning in more paper than ever before.

　　But after decades of hype, American offices may finally be losing their paper obsession. The demand for paper used to outstrip the growth of the US economy, but the past two or three years have seen a marked slowdown in sales — despite a healthy economic scene.

　　Analysts attribute the decline to such factors as advances in digital databasesand communication systems. Escaping our craving for paper, however, will be anything but an easy affair.

　　"Old habits are hard to break," says Merilyn Dunn,a communications supplies director. "There are some functions that paper serves where a screen display doesnt work. Those functions are both its strength and its weakness."

　　In the early to mid-1990s, a booming economy and improved desktop printers helped boost paper sales by 6 to 7 percent each year. The convenience of desktop printing allowed office workers to indulge in printing anything and everything at very little effort or cost.

　　But now, the growth rate of paper sales in the United States is flattening by about half a percent each year. Between2004and2005, Ms. Dunn says, plain white office paper will see less than a 4 percent growth rate, despite the strong overall economy. A primary reason for the change, says Dunn, is that for the first time ever, some 47 percent of the workforce entered the job marketafter computers had already been introduced to offices.

　　"Were finally seeing a reduction in the amount of paper being used per worker in the workplace," says John Maine, vice president of a pulp and paper economic consulting firm. "More information is being transmitted electronically, and more and more peopleare comfortable with the information residing only in electronic form without printing multiple backups."

　　In addition, Mr. Maine points to the lackluster employment market for white-collar workers — the primary driver of office paper consumption for the shift in paper usage.

　　The real paradigm shift may be in the way paper is used. Since the advent of advanced and reliableoffice-network systems, data storage has moved awayfrompaper archives. The secretarial art of "filing" is disappearingfromjob descriptions. Much of todays data may never leave its original digital format.

　　The changing attitudes toward paper have finally caught the attention ofpaper companies, says Richard Harper, a researcher at Microsoft. "All of a sudden, the paper industry has started thinking, We need to learn more about the behavioural aspects of paper use," he says. "They had never asked, theyd just assumed that 70 million sheets would be bought per year as a literal function of economic growth."

　　To reduce paper use,some companies are workingto combine digital and paper capabilities. For example, Xerox Corp. is developing electronic paper: thin digital displays that respond to a stylus, like a pen on paper. Notations can be erased or saved digitally.

　　Another idea, intelligent paper, comesfromAnoto Group. It would allow notations made with a stylus on a page printed with a specialmagnetic ink to simultaneously appear ona computer screen.

　　Even with such technological advances, the improved capabilities of digital storage continue to act against "paperlessness," argues Paul Saffo, a technology forecaster. In his prophetic and metaphorical 1989 essay, "The Electronic Piata (彩罐)," he suggests that the increasing amounts of electronic data necessarily require more paper.

　　The information industry today is like a huge electronic piata, composed of a thin paper crust surrounding an electronic core," Mr. Saffo wrote. The growing paper crust "is most noticeable, but the hidden electronic core that produces the crust is far larger — and growing more rapidly. The result is that we arebecoming paperless, but we hardly notice at all."

　　In the same way that digital innovations have increased paper consumption, Saffo says, so has video conferencing — with its promise of fewer in-person meetings — boosting business travel.

　　"Thats one of the great ironies of the information age," Saffo says. "Itsjust common sense that the more you talk to someone by phoneor computer, it inevitably leads to a face-to-face meeting. The best thing for the aviation industry was the Internet."

　　16. What function does the second sentence in the first paragraph serve?

　　A. It further explains high-tech hubris.

　　B. It confirms the effect of high-tech hubris.

　　C. It offers a cause for high-tech hubris.

　　D. It offers a contrast to high-tech hubris.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章第一句话“对办公室的创新者来说，‘无纸’办公室这一尚未实现的梦想是一种典型的高科技傲慢表现”，第二句话接着说“今天的办公室正逐渐被有史以来最多的纸淹没”，这正是傲慢的表现和后果，因此是证实了high-tech hubris。

　　17. Which of the following is NOT a reason for the slowdown in paper sales?

　　A. Workforce withbetter computer skills.

　　B. Slow growth of the US economy.

　　C. Changing patterns in paper use.

　　D. Changing employment trends.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章第二段第二句提到“过去，人们对纸的需求增长超过美国经济的增长速度，但在近两三年里，尽管有健康的经济局面，纸张销售却产生了明显下降”，因此B项正确。

　　18. The two innovations by Xerox Corp. and Anoto Group feature ________.

　　A. integrated use of paper and digital form

　　B. a shiftfrompaper to digital form

　　C. the useof computer screen

　　D. a new style of writing

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章第十一段提到，为了减少用纸，一些公司致力于将数字和纸的性能相结合，接着以Xerox Corp.和Anoto Group为例进行了说明，因此A项正确。

　　19. What does the author mean by irony of the information age"?

　　A. The dream of the "paperless" office will be realized.

　　B. People usually prefer to have face-to-face meetings.

　　C. More digital data use leads to greater paper use.

　　D. Some people are opposed to video-conferencing.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。文章倒数第二段中论述道“数字化的革新实际上增加了纸的消耗”，因此选C。

　　20. What is the authors attitude towards "paperlessness"?

　　A. He reviews the situationfromdifferent perspectives.

　　B. He agrees with some of the people quoted in the passage.

　　C. He has a preference for digital innovations.

　　D. He thinks airlines benefit mostfromthe digital age.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章第三段第二句话，作者认为不能忽略人们对纸的渴求，并在接下来的段落里引用Merilyn Dunn的话加以证明。在文章结尾的四段中，作者也多处引用Paul Saffo的话，认为更多的靠科技手段没有减少反而增加了人们对纸的使用。

　　TEXT C

　　When George Orwell wrote in 1941 that England was "the most class-ridden country under the sun", he was only partly right. Societies have always had their hierarchies, with some group perched at the top. In the Indian state of Bihar the Ranveer Sena, an upper-caste private army, even killed to stay there.

　　By that measure class in Britain hardly seems entrenched (根深蒂固的). But in another way Orwell was right, and continues to be. As a new YouGov poll shows, Britons are surprisingly alert to class — both their own and that of others. And they still think class is sticky. According to the poll, 48% of people aged 30 or over say they expect toendup better off than their parents. But only 28% expect toendup in a different class. More than two-thirds think neither they nor their children will leave the class they were born into.

　　What does this thing that people cannot escape consist of these days? And what do people look at when decoding which class someone belongs to? The most useful identifying markers, according to the poll, are occupation, address, accent andincome, in that order. The fact thatincome comes fourth is revealing: though some of the habits and attitudes that class used to define are more widely spread than they were, class still indicates something less blunt than mere wealth.

　　Occupation is the most trusted guide to class, but changes in the labour market have made that harder to read than when Orwell was writing. Manual workers have shrunk along with farming and heavy industry as a proportion of the workforce, while the number of people in white-collar jobs has surged. Despite this striking change, when they were asked to place themselves in a class, Brits in2006huddled in much the same categories as they did when they were asked in 1949. So, jobs, which were once a fairly reliable guide to class, havebecome misleading.

　　A survey conducted earlier this year by Expertian shows how this convergence on similar types of work has blurred class boundaries. Expertian asked people in a number of different jobs to place themselves in the working class or the middle class. Secretaries, waiters and journalists were significantly more likely to think themselves middle-class than accountants, computer programmers or civil servants. Many new white-collar jobs offer no more autonomy or better prospects than old blue-collar ones. Yet despite the muddle over what the markers of class are these days, 71% of those polled by YouGov still said they found it very or fairly easy to figure out which class others belong to.

　　In addition to changes in the labour market, two other things have smudged the borders on the class map. First, since 1945 Britain has received large numbers of immigrants who do not fit easily into existing notions of class and may have their own pyramids to scramble up. The flow of new arrivals has increased since the late 1990s, multiplying this effect.

　　Second, barriers to fame have been lowered. Britains fast-growing ranks of celebrities — like David Beckham and his wife Victoria — form a kind of parallel aristocracy open to talent, or at least to those who are uninhibited enough to meet the requests of television producers. This too has made definitionsmore complicated.

　　But many Brits, given the choice, still prefer to identify with the class they were born into rather than that which their jobs orincome would suggest. This often entails pretending to be more humble than is actually the case: 22% of white-collar workers told YouGov that they consider themselves working class. Likewise, the Expertian survey found that one in ten adults who call themselves working class are among the richest asset-owners, and that over half a million households which earn more than $191,000 a year say they are working class. Pretending to be grander thanincome and occupation suggest is rarer, though it happens too.

　　If class no longer describes a clear social, economic or even political status, is it worth paying any attention to? Possibly, yes. It is still in most cases closely correlatedwith educational attainment and career expectations.

　　21. Why does the author say "...Orwell was right, and continues to be" (Paragraph Two)?

　　A. Because there was stronger class consciousness in India.

　　B. Because more people hope toendup in a higher class.

　　C. Because people expect to gain more wealth than their parents.

　　D. Because Britons are still conscious of their class status.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。George Orwell说英国是“世界上阶级划分最明显的国家”，而后文也提到英国人对阶级很敏感，因此D项正确。

　　22. ...class still indicates something less blunt than mere wealth" (Paragraph Three) means that ________.

　　A. class is still defined by its own habits and attitudes

　　B. class would refer to something more subtle than money

　　C. peoplefromdifferent classes may have the same habits or attitudes

　　D.income is unimportant in determining which class one belongs to

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。该句话的含义是“阶级不仅仅意味着财富的多少，它还体现着一些不那么直接的东西”，因此B项表述正确。

　　23. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?

　　A. White-collar workers would place themselves in a different class.

　　B. People with different jobs may place themselves in the same class.

　　C. Occupation and class are no longer related with each other.

　　D. Changes in the workforce have made it difficult to define class.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。文章第三段提到，在判定某人所属的阶级时，英国人常常用到几个标准，其中第一个便是职业，可见职业和阶级是紧密联系的。

　　24. Which of the following is NOT a cause to blur class distinction?

　　A. Notions of class by immigrants.

　　B. Changing trends of employment.

　　C. Easy access to fame.

　　D. Fewer types of work.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。其他三项在第六、七、四段中均有提及。

　　25. When some successful white-collar workers choose to stay in the working class, it implies that they are _________.

　　A. showing modesty

　　B. showing self-respect

　　C. expressing boastfulness

　　D. making an understatement

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章倒数第二段中提到，很多英国人倾向于将自己归属于出生时的阶级，而不是与自己的职业和收入相匹配的阶级，他们常常表现出更谦逊的一面，因此A项正确。

　　TEXT D

　　The train was whirling onward with such dignity of motion that a glancefromthe window seemed simply to prove that plains of Texas were pouring eastward. Vast flats of green grass, dull-hued spaces of mesquite and cactus, little groups of frame houses, woods of light and tender trees, all were sweeping into the east, sweeping over the horizon, a precipice.

　　A newly married pair had boarded this coach at San Antonio. The mans face was reddenedfrommany days in the wind and sun, and a direct result of his new black clothes was that his brick-coloured hands were constantly performing in a most conscious fashion. From time to time he looked down respectfully at his attire. He sat with a hand on each knee, like a man waiting in a barbers shop. The glances he devoted to other passengers were furtive and shy.

　　The bride was not pretty, nor was she very young. She wore a dress of blue cashmere, with small reservations of velvet here and there, and with steel buttons abounding. She continually twisted her head to regard her puff sleeves, very stiff, and high. They embarrassed her. It was quite apparent that she had cooked, and that she expected to cook, dutifully. The blushes caused by the careless scrutiny of some passengers as she had entered the car were strange to see upon this plain, under-class countenance, which was drawn in placid, almost emotionless lines.

　　They were evidently very happy. "Ever been in a parlor-car before?" he asked, smiling with delight.

　　"No," she answered; "I never was. Its fine, aint it?"

　　"Great! And then after a while well go forward to the dinner, and get a big lay-out. Fresh meal in the world. Charge a dollar."

　　"Oh, do they?" cried the bride. "Charge a dollar? Why, thats too much — for us — aint it, Jack?"

　　"Nor this trip, anyhow," he answered bravely. "Were going to go the whole thing."

　　Later he explained to her about the trains. "You see, its a thousand milesfromoneendof Texas to the other; and this runs right across it, and never stops but four times.” He had the pride of an owner. He pointed out to her the dazzling fittings of the coach; and in truth her eyes opened wider and she contemplated the sea-green figured velvet, the shining brass, silver, and glass, the wood that gleamed as darkly brilliant as the surface of a pool of oil. At oneenda bronze figure sturdily held a support for a separated chamber, and at convenient places on the ceiling were frescos in olive and silver.

　　To the minds of the pair, their surroundings reflected the glory of their marriage that morning in San Antonio; this was the environment of their new estate; and the mans face in particular beamed with an elation that made him appear ridiculous to the Negro porter. This individual at times surveyed themfromafar with an amused and superior grin. On other occasions he bullied them with skill in ways that did not make it exactly plain to them that they were being bullied. He subtly used all the manners of the most unconquerable kind of snobbery. He oppressed them. But of this oppression they had small knowledge, and they speedily forgot that infrequently a number of travelers covered them with stares of derisive enjoyment. Historically there was supposed to be something infinitely humorous in their situation.

　　"We are due in Yellow Sky at 3:42," he said, looking tenderly into her eyes.

　　"Oh, are we?" she said, as if she had not been aware of it. To evince (表现出) surprise at her husbands statement was part of her wifely amiability. She tookfroma pocket a little silver watch; and as she held it before her, and stared at it with a frown of attention, the new husbands face shone.

　　"I bought it in San Antonfroma friendof mine," he told her gleefully.

　　"Its seventeen minutes past twelve," she said, looking up at him with a kind of shy and clumsy coquetry (调情；卖俏). A passenger, noting this play, grew excessively sardonic, and winked at himself in one of the numerous mirrors.

　　At last they went to the dining-car. Two rows of Negro waiters, in glowing white suits, surveyed their entrance with the interest, and also the equanimity (平静), of men who had been forewarned. The pair fell to the lot of a waiter who happened to feel pleasure in steering them through their meal. He viewed them with the manner of a fatherly pilot, his countenance radiant with benevolence. The patronage, entwined with the ordinary deference, was not plain to them. And yet, as they returned to their coach, they showed in their faces a sense of escape.

　　26. The description of the couples clothes and behaviour at the beginning of the passage seems to indicate that they had a sense of __________.

　　A. secrecy

　　B. elation

　　C. superiority

　　D. awkwardness

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。文章第二、三段几处的用词如furtive、shy、embarrass、blushes等都说明这对夫妇在火车上表现出的笨拙和不自在。

　　27. Which of the following adjectives best depicts the interior of the coach?

　　A. Modern.

　　B. Luxurious.

　　C. Practical.

　　D. Complex.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章对火车内部的描述使用了几个词组如dazzling fitting、sea-green figured velvet、shining brass、silver等都说明火车装饰华丽。

　　28. Which of the following best describes the attitude of other people on the train towards the couple?

　　A. They regarded the couple as an object of fun.

　　B. They expressed indifference towards the couple.

　　C. They were very curious about the couple.

　　D. They showed friendliness towards the couple.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章第十段描述到那个黑人列车服务员“时不时地从远处打量他们，嘴角带着消遣和高人一等的笑容”，有时还以一种不易察觉的方式欺负他们，“他处处表现出不可一世的势利”，这些都说明A项表述正确。

　　29. Which of the following contains a metaphor?

　　A. ... like a man waiting in a barbers shop.

　　B. ... his countenance radiant with benevolence.

　　C. ... sweeping over the horizon, a precipice.

　　D. ... as darkly brilliant as the surface of a pool of oil.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。这里是用precipice来比喻horizon，是暗喻。

　　30. We can inferfromthe last paragraph that in the dining-car ________.

　　A. the waiters were snobbish

　　B. the couple felt ill at ease

　　C. the service was satisfactory

　　D. the couple enjoyed their dinner

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章结尾一句“他们回到车厢，脸上有一种解脱的神情”，说明他们在餐车“过得并不自在”。

　　PART III GENERAL KNOWLEDGEThere are ten multiple-choice questions in this section. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　31. The northernmost part of Great Britain is _______.

　　A. Northern Ireland

　　B. Wales

　　C. England

　　D. Scotland

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。英国最北端是苏格兰。

　　32. It is generally agreed that _______ were the first Europeans to reach Australias shores.

　　A. the French

　　B. the Germans

　　C. the British

　　D. the Dutch

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。1606年，荷兰航海家Willem Janszoon在约克角西岸登陆澳洲。1770年，英国人库克船长登上澳洲大陆并宣布它为英国领土。

　　33. Which country is known as the Land of Maple Leaf?

　　A. Canada.

　　B. New Zealand.

　　C. Great Britain.

　　D. The United States of America.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。加拿大被誉为“枫叶之国”。

　　34. Who wrote the famous pamphlet, The Common Sense, before the American Revolution?

　　A. Thomas Jefferson.

　　B. Thomas Paine.

　　C. John Adams.

　　D. Benjamin Franklin.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。《常识》是托马斯潘恩在美国革命之前撰写的。

　　35. Virginia Woolf was an important female ________ in the 20th-century England.

　　A. poet

　　B. biographer

　　C. playwright

　　D. novelist

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。弗吉尼亚伍尔芙是英国著名小说家，第二次世界大战期间，她是伦敦文学界的核心人物。

　　36. ______ refers to a long narrative poem that records the adventures of a hero in a nations history.

　　A. Ballad

　　B. Romance

　　C. Epic

　　D. Elegy

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。epic是“史诗、叙事诗”的意思。

　　37. Which of the following best explores American myth in the 20th century?

　　A. The Great Gatsby.

　　B. The Sun Also Rises.

　　C. The Sound and the Fury.

　　D. Beyond the Horizon.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。《天边外》是尤金奥尼尔的著名戏剧作品，《太阳照常升起》是海明威的代表作，《喧哗与骚动》则是福克纳的代表作。《了不起的盖茨比》的作者是菲茨杰拉德的作品，反映了美国20世纪20年代到30年代的社会现实，对美国神话进行了另类诠释和解读。

　　38. _______ is defined as the study of the relationship between language and mind.

　　A. Semantics

　　B. Pragmatics

　　C. Cognitive linguistics

　　D. Sociolinguistics

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。认知语言学认为，语言的创建、学习及运用，基本上都必须能够通过人类的认知而加以解释，因为认知能力是人类知识的根本。

　　39. A vowel is differentfroma consonant in English because of ________.

　　A. absence of obstruction

　　B. presence of obstruction

　　C. manner of articulation

　　D. place of articulation

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。辅音主要是从肺部呼出的气流在通过口腔或鼻腔时遇到阻碍而发出的音，元音的发音与之最大的区别就是不受阻碍，不产生摩擦。

　　40. The definition "the act of using or promoting the use of several languages, either by an individual speaker or bya community of speakers" refers to _________.

　　A. Pidgin

　　B. Creole

　　C. Multilingualism

　　D. Bilingualism

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。Multilingualism的意思是“多语现象、多语制”。

　　PART IV PROOFREADING & ERROR CORRECTION

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proofread the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　To correct these mistakes, you may need to change, or add a word. If you need to change a word, click the left mouse button to select the word, choose "change" on the menu and write the correct word in the blank. If you need to a word, click the left mouse button to select the word and choose "" on the menu. If you need to add a word, click the left mouse button to select the space in between the two words where you think there is a word missing, choose "add" on the menu and write the missing word in the blank. And you may use "cancel" on the menu to cancel the choice of the correction way youve just made.

　　参考答案：

　　(1) grew ∧ up — 加入up。up。grow作“成长”解时，是不及物动词，与副词up搭配。

　　(2) conscience — 改成consciousness。根据原文，此处表达的意思应该是“但我这样做的同时，却清楚地知道我在背叛自己的天性”，conscience意为“良心”，不符合句意。

　　(3) soon — 改成sooner。sooner or later是固定搭配，意为“迟早”。

　　(4) on — 删去on后的the。on either side表示“在两边”，前面不应再用定冠词the。(5) disagreeing — 改成disagreeable。此处表达的意思应为“我很快养成了乖戾的习性，使我在学生时代很不受欢迎”，disagreeable意为“不友善的、难相处的”。

　　(6) imaginative — 改成imaginary。imaginative意为“有想象力的”，imaginary意为“想像的、虚构的”，此处意思应为“我养成了孤独的孩子们带有的编造故事的习惯，并与想像中的人说话”，因此改为imaginary。

　　(7) literal — 改成literary。此处的意思应为“文学抱负”，所以应将literal（文字的）改为literary（文学的`）。

　　(8) in — 删去in。face表示“面对”，可直接跟宾语，应去掉介词in。

　　(9) world ∧ in — 加入in。这里由which引导的定语从句修饰world，介词in不能省略。

　　(10) Therefore — 改成Nevertheless。从上下文的含义来看，应用表达转折的连词nevertheless。

　　PART V TRANSLATIONSECTION

　　A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　Translate the underlined part of the following text into English. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　现代社会无论价值观的持有还是生活方式的选择都充满了矛盾。而最让现代人感到尴尬的是，面对重重矛盾，许多时候你却别无选择。匆忙与休闲是截然不同的两种生活方式。但在现实生活中，人们却在这两种生活方式间频繁穿梭，有时也说不清自己到底是“休闲着”还是“匆忙着”。譬如说，当我们正在旅游胜地享受假期，却忽然接到老板的电话，告诉我们客户或工作方面出了麻烦——现代便捷先进工具在此刻显示出了它狰狞、阴郁的面容——搞得人一下子兴趣全无，接下来的休闲只是徒有其表，因为心里已是火烧火燎了。

　　参考答案：

　　Being in haste and at leisure are two distinct lifestyles. But in real life, people have to shuttle between these two lifestyles frequently, without knowing whether they are "at leisure" or "in haste". For instance, when we are enjoying our holidays in a tourist attraction, a phone callfromthe boss tells us contingencies have happened with our clients or work. The hideous and gloomy side of the convenient modern high-tech device drives away all the interest. The following leisure time can only be reduced to the pure form, because we are already in a restless and anxious state of mind.

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　Translate the following text into Chinese. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　When flying over Nepal, its easy to soar in your imagination and pretendyoure tiny — a butterfly — and drifting above one of those three-dimensional topographical maps architects use, the circling contour lines replaced by the terraced rice paddies that surround each high ridge.

　　Nepal is a small country, andfromthe windows of our plane floating eastward at 12,000 feet, one can see clearly the brilliant white mirage of the high Himalayas thirty miles off the left window.

　　Out the right window, the view is of three or four high terraced ridges giving sudden way to the plains of India beyond.

　　There were few roads visible below, most transportation in Nepal being by foot along ancient trails that connect and bind the country together. There is alsoa network of dirt airstrips, which was fortunate for me, as I had no time for the two-and-a-half week trek to my destination. I was on a flight to the local airport.

　　参考答案：

　　在尼泊尔上空飞行，你的想象力很容易开始翱翔，仿佛你很渺小——就像一只小蝴蝶——飞在一幅三维的建筑地形图上，那些环绕着每个高脊的梯田就像图中环形的等高线。

　　尼泊尔是一个小国。我们的飞机在一万两千英尺的高空向东平稳飞行，透过左侧的窗户，可以清楚看见下方三十英里处雄伟的喜马拉雅山呈现出的白色蜃景。

　　转向右侧的窗口，看到的是三、四座高高的布有梯田的山脊，很快它们就被印度境内的广阔平原所代替了。

　　飞机下方只能看见极少的几条路。在尼泊尔，最主要的出行方式是沿着古老的小路步行，这些小路联系着全国各地。除此以外，这个国家还有一个空中网络，虽然机场尘土飞扬，但对我来说，也算是幸运，因为我没时间进行两个半星期的徒步旅行到达目的地。我当时是在去当地机场的航班上。

　　PART VI WRITING

　　According to a recent newspaper report, manyfamous sites of historical interest in China have begun or are considering charging tourists higher entry fees during peak travel seasons. This has aroused a lot of public attention and also public debate. What is your opinion? Should famous Chinese sites of historical interest charge higher fees during peak travel seasons? Write an essay of about 400 words.

　　In the first part of your essay you should state clearly your main argument, and in the second part you should support your argument with appropriate details. In the last part you should bring what you have written to a natural conclusion or make a summary.

　　You should supply an appropriate title for your essay.

　　Marks will be awarded for content, organization language and appropriateness. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your essay on ANSWER SHEET FOUR.

　　参考答案：

　　Higher Entry Fees During Peak Travel Season

　　In recent years, people in China have more time and money to visitfamous sites of historical interest, owing to longer holidays and higherincomes. These visits, on the one hand, can enrich their own life and bringthe sites substantialincomes. On the other hand, too many visits, especially during travel peaks when there are more visitors, have caused huge problems in several aspects. In my opinion, one effective solution to this problem is to charge higher fees during peak travel seasons.

　　For one reason, those who oppose higher fees have ignored the unique features offamous sites of historical interest. Differentfromthe common parks, the historical spots normally imply ample historical and cultural values. The relics in these spots are so precious and fragile that they usually need special and professional preservation and administration, which obviously costs large amounts of money. During peak travel seasons, even more tourists pay visits to the historical spots. Such huge amount of people arriving at one historical spot may probably lead to some unexpected damages. Facing this situation, there is no better measure than raising the entry fees to reduce the number of tourists in peak seasons. The only purpose of charging higher entry fees is to stop some peoples visits during special seasons so as to achieve a better protection of the valuable relics. With higher entry fees, some people may change their plans and give up their visits. Here economic means are applied to conserve precious things atthe sites of historical interest in an appropriate and sustainable way.

　　For another reason, higher fees charged may effectively reduce the number of tourists visiting historical spots in peak seasons, which is also good to the safety of the tourists. Reports on the accidents happening to tourists are not new to us. Especially during peak seasons, heavy traffic of passengers poses potential threats to the life of tourists. Furthermore, relaxation is always an ultimate goal for tourists. It is almost impossible for anyone to appreciate anything in an overcrowded spot with a sea of people around. An ideal holiday may even be ruined by the hustle and bustle andendless waiting.

　　In short, we need to control the number of visitors especially during the peak travel seasons, to guarantee a sound protection of historical spots as well as the safety of tourists. Among others, higher entry fees may be a simple and effective economic means of regulation, which should be taken into account by the authorities. As for the tourists, this may not be so bad as it sounds.

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening, take notes on the important points. Your notes will not be marked, but you will need themto complete a gap-filling task after the mini-lecture. When the lecture is over, you will be given two minutes to check your notes, and another ten minutesto complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE. Some of the gaps may require a maximum of THREE words. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may refer to your noteswhile completing the task. Use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　Now, listen to the mini-lecture.

　　Classifications of Cultures

　　According to Edward Hall, different cultures result in different ideas about the world. Hall is an anthropologist. He is interested in relations between cultures.

　　I. High-context culture

　　A. feature

　　- context: more important than the message

　　- meaning: (1)__________

　　i.e. more attention paid to (2) ___________ than to the message itself

　　B. examples

　　- personal space

　　- preference for (3)__________

　　- less respect for privacy / personal space

　　- attention to (4)___________

　　- concept of time

　　- belief in (5)____________ interpretation of time

　　- no concern for punctuality

　　- no control over time

　　II. Low-context culture

　　A. feature

　　- message: separatefromcontext

　　- meaning: (6)___________

　　B. examples

　　- personal space

　　- desire / respect for individuality / privacy

　　- less attention to body language

　　- more concern for (7)___________

　　- attitude toward time

　　- concept of time: (8)____________

　　- dislike of (9)_____________

　　- time seenas commodity

　　III. Conclusion

　　Awareness of different cultural assumptions

　　- relevance in work and life

　　e.g. business, negotiation, etc.

　　- (10)_____________ insuccessful communication

　　参考答案：

　　(1) context of message

　　(2) whats happening / the context

　　(3) closeness to people

　　(4) body language

　　(5) poly-chronic

　　(6) message itself

　　(7) the message

　　(8) mono-chronic

　　(9) lateness

　　(10) great influence / significance

　　TIPS：

　　(1) 根据原文中一句“A high-context culture is a culture in which the context of the message, or the action, or an event carries a large part of its meaning and significance.”可知答案。

　　(2) 根据原文“What this means is that in a high-context culture, more attention is paid to whats happening in and around the message than to the message itself.”可知答案。

　　(3) 根据原文“Generally speaking, in a high-context culture, because this greater dependency on group thinking, people lean towards heavier sense of involvement or closeness to people.”可得出答案。

　　(4) 根据原文“And also peoplefroma high-context culture pay attention to body language.”可得出答案。

　　(5) 根据原文“People in high-context cultures, are considered to have, what is called a poly-chronic attitude toward time.”可得出答案。

　　(6) 根据原文“A low-context culture is one in which the message, the event or the action is a separate entity, having meaning onto itself, regardless of the surroundings or the context.”可得出答案。

　　(7) 根据原文“And youll also see that people might pay less attention to body language, because as I said, the message is, the message is everything.”可得出答案。

　　(8) 原文提到在low-context culture中，人们对时间的态度可称为mono-chronic。

　　(9) 根据原文“People in a low-context culture would be much more upset with lateness, because they feel that everyone should follow the same time.”可得出答案。

　　(10) 根据文章末尾部分“If youre in business, negotiations, interpersonal relations, if youre dealing with peoplefromdifferent cultures in any way, its going to affect every part of your life. In any multi-cultural situation, these assumptions need to be taken into account for successful interactions.”可知，在商务活动、谈判、人际交往中，与来自不同文化的人打交道时，这些想法对成功的交际起着非常重要的作用。

　　script:

　　Classifications of Cultures

　　Good morning, everyone! Today, well look at culture or rather classifications of cultures. Usually, when we deal with different people, we deal with them as if we were all members of the same culture. However, its possible that peoplefromdifferent cultures have different assumptions about the world. We got in such important and basic ideas as time, personal space. And this is the view of Edward Hall. And Edward Hall is an anthropologist who spent a large part of his life studying American Indians, their culture, their language. But he was differentfroma lot of other anthropologists who just study one culture. He was interested in the relations between cultures, how cultures interact. What Hall believes is that cultures can be classified by placing them on a continuum, rangingfromwhat he called high-context to low-context.

　　OK, what is a high-context culture? A high-context culture is a culture in which the context of the message, or the action, or an event carries a large part of its meaning and significance. What this means is that in a high-context culture, more attention is paid to whats happening in and around the message than to the message itself.

　　Now, let me give you examples. First, in terms of personal space. Generally speaking, in a high-context culture, because this greater dependency on group thinking, people lean towards heavier sense of involvement or closeness to people. And they have less respect for privacy, for personal space. If you go into that culture, people might stand closer when theyre talking to you. They might touch more. And if theyre jostled in a crowd, they wont feel violated. And also peoplefroma high-context culture pay attention to body language. Because remember what I said, the definition of a high-context culture is that more attention is paid to the context of the message than to the message itself. And part of the context is body language.

　　Second, in terms of time. People in high-context cultures, are considered to have, what is called a poly-chronic attitude toward time. Here, "poly" means multiple and "chronic" means time. What this means is that they believe people, things, events have their own time. And there cant be a standard system of time for everything. What this leads them to believe is that you cant emphasize punctuality. Things happen when they are supposed to happen. So, theres a different attitude toward time; theres no set standard of time; you cant control time; everything has its own sense of time. So its a culture that pays little attention to time, to clock time.

　　Now, lets move on to low-context culture. A low-context culture is just theopposite. A low-context culture is one in which the message, the event or the action is a separate entity, having meaning onto itself, regardless of the surroundings or the context. That the message, the event, the action has meaning in itself. So what this means in a low-context culture, is that people pay more attention to the event itself rather than to the context which surrounds the event or the message. For example, in terms of personal space again, theres more emphasis on individuality. So the concept of privacy is very, very important. Whereas before, as I said, in a high-context culture, they might not even be concerned with privacy or personal space. But in a low-context culture, theres a feeling that we each have our own personal space. If you get too close, if you dont knock on doors before entering, thats an invasion of privacy. People feel violated. Theres a respect and a desire for privacy. And youll also see that people might pay less attention to body language, because as I said, the message is, the message is everything. They are not going to worry about all the details around it. What you say is the important thing, or what you do is the important thing.

　　Another example of a low-context culture is peoples attitude towards time. In terms of time, I said before, there was a poly-chronic sense of time in a high-context culture. What do you think there would be in a low-context culture? Mono-chronic? Right! A mono-chronic sense of time and by that we mean that theres one time. And that concept means that people in a low-context culture believe that theres one standard of time. And that should be for everything. And so I am not willing to hear "Oh, the traffic was heavy. Thats why Im late" or "Oh, I slept late". People in a low-context culture would be much more upset with lateness, because they feel that everyone should follow the same time. There shouldnt be all this flexibility with time and they expect punctuality. And they look at time as almosta commodity that they use expressions like "use time, to waste time, to spendtime or time is money". All of these expressions reinforce the concept that time is actually something you can hold on to.

　　So, what this is all about is that, Hall stresses that people need to be aware of these different assumptions or concepts about reality. And he thinks that this has all kinds of relevance no matter what youre doing. If youre in business, negotiations, interpersonal relations, if youre dealing with peoplefromdifferent cultures in any way, its going to affect every part of your life. In any multi-cultural situation, these assumptions need to be taken into account for successful interactions.

　　OK, today weve taken a brief look at Edward Halls view of culture, mainly his classification of high- or low-context culture with some examples. Next week, well look at some more examples of cultures on a continuum between high-context and low-context cultures.

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW/CONVERSATIONIn this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 1 to 5 are based on an interview. At theendof the interview you will be given 10 seconds to answer each of the following five questions.

　　Now, listen to the interview.

　　1. According to Dr. Harley, what makes language learning more difficult after a certain age?

　　A. Differences between two languages.

　　B. Declining capacity to learn syntax.

　　C. Lack of time available.

　　D. Absence of motivation.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：答案选B。Harley博士提到有研究表明，语言特别是句法方面的学习在12岁以后更难。

　　2. What does the example of Czech speakers show?

　　A. Its natural for language learners to make errors.

　　B. Differences between languages cause difficulty.

　　C. There exist differences between English and Czech.

　　D. Difficulty stemsfromeither difference or similarity.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：答案选D。Harley博士提到有研究发现学习英语的捷克人会在相同的捷克语和英语句法上犯错，因此证明了语言学习者的困难也可能来自相似性。

　　3. Which of the following methods does NOT advocate speaking?

　　A. The traditional method.

　　B. The audiolingual method.

　　C. The immersion method.

　　D. The direct method.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：答案选A。因为其他三种方法都要求或强调口语，而传统方法强调语法教学。

　　4. Which hypothesis deals with the role of language knowledge in the learning process?

　　A. The acquisition and learning distinction hypothesis.

　　B. The comprehensible input hypothesis.

　　C. The monitor hypothesis.

　　D. The active filter hypothesis.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：答案选C。当Harley博士在解释monitor hypothesis时，他提到monitor会使用语法规则，电台主持人向他确认是否这意味着学习者运用语言知识确保所说和所写的正确无误，Harley博士的回答是肯定的。

　　5. Which of the following topics is NOT discussed during the interview?

　　A. Causes of language learning difficulties.

　　B. Differences between mother tongue and a second language.

　　C. Theoretical conceptualization of second language learning.

　　D. Pedagogical implementation of second language teaching.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：答案选B。其他三项在对话中均有提及，D项没有提及。

　　script:

　　Woman: Good morning, Dr. Harley! Thank you very muchfor coming on our radio talk. We know that youre an applied linguist specializing in second language acquisition.

　　Dr. Harley: Right!

　　Woman: So, today, um, well look at this issue. Now, first, Dr. Harley, could you please tell us what is second language acquisition?

　　Dr. Harley: Well, second language acquisition is ... happens when a child or adult has alreadybecome competent at a language. And then, um, they attempt to learn another.

　　Woman: OK, most people think, including me, it is difficult to learn another language. What are the reasons? Why is it so?

　　Dr. Harley: Well, there are a number of reasons for this. Huh, first, there have been research studies. They have shown that some aspects of language learning especially syntax are more difficult beyond a certain age, say, after around 12 years of age.

　　Woman: So, age plays an important role in language learning?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes. But thats not the only reason.

　　Woman: Oh, is that so?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, for example, huh, time and interest. All children and adults often have less time and motivation to learn a second language.

　　Woman: Mm …

　　Dr. Harley: Another is related to the similarities and differences between ones mother tongue and a second language. We find the learners will experience difficulty when their mother tongue and the second language theyre learning differ. In general, the more idiosyncratic a feature is in a particular language relative to other languages, the more difficult it will be to acquire.

　　Woman: Perhaps this is the key issue. Differences between languages cause language learning problems.

　　Dr. Harley: Well, this may be one of the issues here. But this cannot be the whole story, as not all differences between languages cause difficulty. Let me give you an example.

　　Woman: OK.

　　Dr. Harley: Research has found that many errors by Czech speakers learning English were made on syntactic constructions in which the two languages do not differ.

　　Woman: Oh, really? The picture ismore complicated than weve imagined.

　　Dr. Harley: Definitely yes. Each language learning situation is different. So reasons vary a lotfromcase to case.

　　Woman: Now, Dr. Harley, since learning a second language is a difficult process, you know, in one way or another, are there any methods so far, effective methods to teach a second language?

　　Dr. Harley: There again, no method is absolutely effective in all situations. Some may prove effective, others may not. I mean all depending on specific conditions. But generally speaking, there are a number of methods that have been used to teach a second language.

　　Woman: Could you mention a few?

　　Dr. Harley: For instance, theres the traditional method. This method is based on translationfromone language to another. And it emphasizes grammar teaching. And then you have direct methods which focuses on conversational skills and all teaching must be carried out in the second language.

　　Woman: Oh, I see. Any other methods?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, for example, the audio-lingual method. This method emphasizes speaking and listening before reading and writing.

　　Woman: How interesting!

　　Dr. Harley: Then you have the immersion method. This method teaches learners exclusively through the medium of the second language.

　　Woman: How?

　　Dr. Harley: Well, it simply means that you cannot speak mother tongue. Everything must be done in the language youre learning. To me, the most natural method of learning a new language is what I call submersion. That is, to go to that country and be surrounded exclusively by speakers of that language.

　　Woman: Thank you very much Dr. Harley for introducing some of the language teaching methods. Now lets move on to something a bit theoretical. Since second language acquisition and teaching are a fascinating area for researchers, are there any theories to explain second language acquisition?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, many theories and models have been put forward by researchers so far. Today, Id like to mention the five hypotheses proposed by Steven Krashen.

　　Woman: OK.

　　Dr. Harley: The five hypotheses form what he calls the Monitor Model of second language learning.

　　Woman: What does it mean?

　　Dr. Harley: OK, the first hypothesis is the Acquisition and Learning Distinction Hypothesis. According to Krashen, children acquire their first language largely unconsciously and automatically. But adults could only learn a second language consciously and effortfully. And adults could indeed acquire the second language, at least in part.

　　Woman: Right. Then whats his second hypothesis?

　　Dr. Harley: His second hypothesis is the Natural Order in Acquisition Hypothesis. Basically, he means that the ordering which learners acquire syntactic rules is the same in both languages.

　　Woman: Oh, thats something really new to me.

　　Dr. Harley: The third hypothesis is the Monitor Hypothesis, which is central to his theory. Here again,we come across the distinction between acquisition and learning. According to this hypothesis, the acquisition processes create sentences in the second language, right? But learning enables the development of a monitoring process to check and edit this output. The monitor uses knowledge of the rules. Thats why, as I said just now, learning is a conscious process.

　　Woman: This means in learning you use knowledge of the language to make sure what you say or write is correct. Is that so?

　　Dr. Harley: Yes. His fourth hypothesis is the Comprehensible Input Hypothesis. In order to move form one stage to the next, the learner must understand the meaning and the form of the input. This emphasizes the roleof comprehension. And finally, the Active Filter Hypothesis. This suggests attitude and emotional factors are also important in second language acquisition.

　　Woman: I guess Krashens model has provided a useful framework for second language learning.

　　Dr. Harley: Yes, it indeed has. And it has also proved to be one of the most influential theoretical approaches to teaching a second language.

　　Woman: OK, Dr. Harley, thank you once again for talking to us about second language acquisition.

　　Dr. Harley: Pleasure.

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCASTIn this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Question 6 is based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 10 seconds to answer the question.

　　Now, listen to the news.

　　6. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?

　　A. Greyhound is Britains largest bus and train operator.

　　B. Currently Greyhound routes in Britain are limited.

　　C. The coach startsfromLondon every hour.

　　D. Passengers are offered a variety of services.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。新闻中提到First Groups是英国最大的汽车和火车运营商，而Greyhound是其下的美国品牌。

　　script:

　　The 95-year old iconic American brand — Greyhound is taking to the British roads. First Group, Britains largest bus and train operator, and owner of the Greyhound coach brand in the U.S., said the buses would start runningfromLondon Victoria to Portsmouth and Southampton on Sept. 14. Tickets will cost as little as 1 with the average journey costing 7. It plans to roll out more routes next year. The hourly bus service will take just under two hours non-stop and will offer free Wi-Fi, power sockets for each passenger, air-conditioning, complimentary newspapers and leather seats.

　　Questions 7 and 8 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now, listen to the news.

　　7. What does the news item say about the fires in Greece?

　　A. Fires only occurred near the Greek capital.

　　B. Fires near the capital caused casualties.

　　C. Fires near the capital were the biggest.

　　D. Fires near the capital were soon under control.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：答案选D。由“Authorities reported 75 fires across the country.”可排除A。由“No injuries were reported.”可排除B项。C项未提及。

　　8. According to the news, what measure did authorities take to fight the fires?

　　A. Residents were asked to vacate their homes.

　　B. Troops were brought in to help the firefighters.

　　C. Air operations and water drops continued overnight.

　　D. Another six fire engines joined the firefighting operation.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。新闻提到调动空军、海军协助灭火，故B项正确。

　　script:

　　Greek firefighters planned to continue to work through the night to contain dozens of wild fires, including a massive blaze outside Athens, authority said. Greek Prime Minister, Kostas Karamanlis, called for calm on Saturday and said ground forces will continue their superhuman efforts until dawn, when air operations and water drops will resume. Authorities reported 75 fires across the country. The fires began late Friday in Grammatiko 40 kilometers (25 miles) northeast of the capital. Wind whipped a single blaze into three fires, which joined again Saturday. No injuries were reported. Authorities mobilized unitsfromthe navy, air force and marines to assist the firefighters in Grammatiko, the State Fire Department said. "The fire isparticularly complex, given the weather, the large quantity of fuel, the terrain and the proximity of residential areas," a statementfromthe Fire Department said. The cause of the original fire which belched clouds of heavy dark smoke was unknown, and officials were investigating. Forest and bush firesare common during Greeces hot, dry summers. Six firefighting aircraft were helping firefighters, according to the Athenss news agency.

　　Questions 9 and 10 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now, listen to the news.

　　9. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a cause of the current decline in the Mexican economy?

　　A. Fewer job opportunities in Mexico.

　　B. Strong ties with the U.S. economy.

　　C. Decline in tourism.

　　D. Decline in tax revenues.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。新闻提到墨西哥经济衰退的主要原因是其与美国经济联系甚密。另外，导致墨西哥经济衰退的原因还包括旅游业下滑和石油、税收的减少，只有A项不是原因。

　　10. Drop in remittancesfromabroad is mainly due to _________.

　　A. declining oil production

　　B. the outbreak of the H1N1 flu

　　C. the declining GDP in Mexico

　　D. the economic downturn in the U.S.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。新闻提到“RemittancesfromMexicans working abroad, most of them in the United States, also have fallen victim to the economic downturn.”，故D项正确。

　　script:

　　The Mexican economy went off a cliff in the second three months of2009, with the gross domestic product dropping 10.3%fromthe same period last year, according to government figures. Analysts say the main cause of Mexicos nosedive is that the nations economy is tied strongly to that of the United States, which is mired in the deepest economic downturn since the 1930s. Other factors dragging the Mexican economy down include a tourism decline caused by the H1N1 flu outbreak, declining oil and tax revenues and fewer Mexicans abroad sending money back home. Oil revenues, long Mexicos main source of money, have been hurt by lower global prices and declining production. RemittancesfromMexicans working abroad, most of them in the United States, also have fallen victim to the economic downturn. Fewer jobs in the United States means fewer opportunities for Mexicans to find work and sendmoney home. Remittances rank after oil in terms of revenue for the country. That revenue fellfrom$26 billion in2007to $25 billion in2008, Mexicos Central Bank said, and is expect to decrease even more this year. Tourism, Mexicans third largest source of revenue, has declined steadily since an outbreak of the H1N1 flue was first discovered in Mexico in April.

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION

　　In this section there are four reading passages followed by a total of 20 multiple-choice questions. Read the passages and then mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　TEXT A

　　Whenever we could, Joan and I took refuge in the streets of Gibraltar. The Englishmans home is his castle because he has not much choice. There is nowhere to sit in the streets of England, not even, after twilight, in the public gardens. The climate, very often, does not even permit him to walk outside. Naturally, he stays indoors and creates a cocoonof comfort. That was the way we lived in Leeds.

　　These southern people, on the other hand, look outwards. The Gibraltarian home is, typically, a small and crowded apartment up several flights of dark and dirty stairs. In it, one, two or even three old people share a few ill-lit rooms with the young family. Once he has eaten, changed his clothes, embraced his wife, kissed his children and his parents, there is nothing to keep the southern man at home. He hurries out, taking even his breakfast coffee at his local bar. He comes home late for his afternoon meal after an appetitive hour at his café. He sleeps for an hour, dresses, goes out again and stays out until late at night. His wife does not miss him, for she is out, too — at the market in the morning and in the afternoon sitting with other mothers, baby-minding in the sun.

　　The usual Gibraltarian home has no sitting-room, living-room or lounge. The parlour of our working-class houses would be an intolerable waste of space. Easy-chairs, sofas and such-like furniture are unknown. There are no bookshelves, because there are no books. Talking and drinking, as well as eating, are done on hard chairs round the dining-table, between a sideboard decorated with the best glasses and an inevitable displaycabinetfull of family treasures, photographs and souvenirs. The elaborate chandelier over this table proclaims it as the hub of the household and of the family. "Hearth and home" makes very little sense in Gibraltar. Ones home is ones town or village, and ones hearth is the sunshine.

　　Our northern towns are dormitories with cubicles,by comparison. When we congregate — in the churches it used to be, now in the cinema, say, impersonally, or at public meetings, formally — we are scarcely ever man to man. Only in our pubs can you find the truly gregariousand communal spirit surviving, and in England even the pubs are divided along class lines.

　　Along this Mediterranean coast, home is only a refuge and a retreat. The people live together in the open air — in the street, market-place. Down here, there is a far stronger feelingof community than we had ever known. In crowded and circumscribed Gibraltar, withits complicated inter-marriages, its identity of interests, its surviving sense of siege, one can see and feel an integrated society.

　　To live in a tiny town with allthe organization of a state, with Viceroy (总督), Premier, Parliament, Press and Pentagon, all in miniature, all within arms reach, is an intensive course in civics. In such an environment, nothing can be hidden, for better or for worse. Ones successes are seen and recognized; ones failures are immediately exposed. Social consciousness is at its strongest, with the result that there is a constant and firm pressure towards good social behaviour, towards courtesy and kindness. Gibraltar, with all its faults, is the friendliest and most tolerant of places. Straightfromthe cynical anonymity of a big city, we luxuriated in its happy personalism. We look back on it, like all its exiled sons and daughters, with true affection.

　　11. Which of the following best explains the differences in ways of living between the English and the Gibraltarians?

　　A. The family structure.

　　B. Religious belief.

　　C. The climate.

　　D. Eating habit.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章对英国人和直布罗陀的居民的不同生活方式进行描写，对比了两种迥异的社会习俗和社会结构。

　　12. The italicized part in the third paragraph implies that ____________.

　　A. English working-class homes are similar to Gibraltarian ones

　　B. English working-class homes have spacious sitting-rooms

　　C. English working-class homes waste a lot of space

　　D. the English working-class parlour is intolerable in Gibraltar

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。斜体字部分的含义是“英国工人阶级的会客厅对直布罗陀的居民来说是一种不能容忍的对空间的浪费”。

　　13. We learnfromthe description of the Gibraltarian home that it is _________.

　　A. modern

　　B. luxurious

　　C. stark

　　D. simple

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。文章提到直布罗陀的居民家里没有安乐椅、沙发、书柜等类似的家具，因此很简朴。

　　14. There is a much stronger sense of _______ among the Gibraltarians.

　　A. togetherness

　　B. survival

　　C. identity

　　D. leisure

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章好几处的用词如congregate、gregarious、communal spirit等都体现了直布罗陀人彼此之间较亲密。

　　15. According to the passage people in Gibraltar tendto be well-behaved because of the following EXCEPT _______.

　　A. the entirety of the state structure

　　B. constant pressurefromthe state

　　C. the small size of the town

　　D. transparency of occurrences

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。A、C、D在文章中均有提及，只有B错误，直布罗陀只是一个小城镇，不是一个state。

　　TEXT B

　　For office innovators, the unrealized dream of the "paperless" office is a classic example of high-tech hubris (傲慢). Todays office drone is drowning in more paper than ever before.

　　But after decades of hype, American offices may finally be losing their paper obsession. The demand for paper used to outstrip the growth of the US economy, but the past two or three years have seen a marked slowdown in sales — despite a healthy economic scene.

　　Analysts attribute the decline to such factors as advances in digital databasesand communication systems. Escaping our craving for paper, however, will be anything but an easy affair.

　　"Old habits are hard to break," says Merilyn Dunn,a communications supplies director. "There are some functions that paper serves where a screen display doesnt work. Those functions are both its strength and its weakness."

　　In the early to mid-1990s, a booming economy and improved desktop printers helped boost paper sales by 6 to 7 percent each year. The convenience of desktop printing allowed office workers to indulge in printing anything and everything at very little effort or cost.

　　But now, the growth rate of paper sales in the United States is flattening by about half a percent each year. Between2004and2005, Ms. Dunn says, plain white office paper will see less than a 4 percent growth rate, despite the strong overall economy. A primary reason for the change, says Dunn, is that for the first time ever, some 47 percent of the workforce entered the job marketafter computers had already been introduced to offices.

　　"Were finally seeing a reduction in the amount of paper being used per worker in the workplace," says John Maine, vice president of a pulp and paper economic consulting firm. "More information is being transmitted electronically, and more and more peopleare comfortable with the information residing only in electronic form without printing multiple backups."

　　In addition, Mr. Maine points to the lackluster employment market for white-collar workers — the primary driver of office paper consumption for the shift in paper usage.

　　The real paradigm shift may be in the way paper is used. Since the advent of advanced and reliableoffice-network systems, data storage has moved awayfrompaper archives. The secretarial art of "filing" is disappearingfromjob descriptions. Much of todays data may never leave its original digital format.

　　The changing attitudes toward paper have finally caught the attention ofpaper companies, says Richard Harper, a researcher at Microsoft. "All of a sudden, the paper industry has started thinking, We need to learn more about the behavioural aspects of paper use," he says. "They had never asked, theyd just assumed that 70 million sheets would be bought per year as a literal function of economic growth."

　　To reduce paper use,some companies are workingto combine digital and paper capabilities. For example, Xerox Corp. is developing electronic paper: thin digital displays that respond to a stylus, like a pen on paper. Notations can be erased or saved digitally.

　　Another idea, intelligent paper, comesfromAnoto Group. It would allow notations made with a stylus on a page printed with a specialmagnetic ink to simultaneously appear ona computer screen.

　　Even with such technological advances, the improved capabilities of digital storage continue to act against "paperlessness," argues Paul Saffo, a technology forecaster. In his prophetic and metaphorical 1989 essay, "The Electronic Piata (彩罐)," he suggests that the increasing amounts of electronic data necessarily require more paper.

　　The information industry today is like a huge electronic piata, composed of a thin paper crust surrounding an electronic core," Mr. Saffo wrote. The growing paper crust "is most noticeable, but the hidden electronic core that produces the crust is far larger — and growing more rapidly. The result is that we arebecoming paperless, but we hardly notice at all."

　　In the same way that digital innovations have increased paper consumption, Saffo says, so has video conferencing — with its promise of fewer in-person meetings — boosting business travel.

　　"Thats one of the great ironies of the information age," Saffo says. "Itsjust common sense that the more you talk to someone by phoneor computer, it inevitably leads to a face-to-face meeting. The best thing for the aviation industry was the Internet."

　　16. What function does the second sentence in the first paragraph serve?

　　A. It further explains high-tech hubris.

　　B. It confirms the effect of high-tech hubris.

　　C. It offers a cause for high-tech hubris.

　　D. It offers a contrast to high-tech hubris.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章第一句话“对办公室的创新者来说，‘无纸’办公室这一尚未实现的梦想是一种典型的高科技傲慢表现”，第二句话接着说“今天的办公室正逐渐被有史以来最多的纸淹没”，这正是傲慢的表现和后果，因此是证实了high-tech hubris。

　　17. Which of the following is NOT a reason for the slowdown in paper sales?

　　A. Workforce withbetter computer skills.

　　B. Slow growth of the US economy.

　　C. Changing patterns in paper use.

　　D. Changing employment trends.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章第二段第二句提到“过去，人们对纸的需求增长超过美国经济的增长速度，但在近两三年里，尽管有健康的经济局面，纸张销售却产生了明显下降”，因此B项正确。

　　18. The two innovations by Xerox Corp. and Anoto Group feature ________.

　　A. integrated use of paper and digital form

　　B. a shiftfrompaper to digital form

　　C. the useof computer screen

　　D. a new style of writing

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章第十一段提到，为了减少用纸，一些公司致力于将数字和纸的性能相结合，接着以Xerox Corp.和Anoto Group为例进行了说明，因此A项正确。

　　19. What does the author mean by irony of the information age"?

　　A. The dream of the "paperless" office will be realized.

　　B. People usually prefer to have face-to-face meetings.

　　C. More digital data use leads to greater paper use.

　　D. Some people are opposed to video-conferencing.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。文章倒数第二段中论述道“数字化的革新实际上增加了纸的消耗”，因此选C。

　　20. What is the authors attitude towards "paperlessness"?

　　A. He reviews the situationfromdifferent perspectives.

　　B. He agrees with some of the people quoted in the passage.

　　C. He has a preference for digital innovations.

　　D. He thinks airlines benefit mostfromthe digital age.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章第三段第二句话，作者认为不能忽略人们对纸的渴求，并在接下来的段落里引用Merilyn Dunn的话加以证明。在文章结尾的四段中，作者也多处引用Paul Saffo的话，认为更多的靠科技手段没有减少反而增加了人们对纸的使用。

　　TEXT C

　　When George Orwell wrote in 1941 that England was "the most class-ridden country under the sun", he was only partly right. Societies have always had their hierarchies, with some group perched at the top. In the Indian state of Bihar the Ranveer Sena, an upper-caste private army, even killed to stay there.

　　By that measure class in Britain hardly seems entrenched (根深蒂固的). But in another way Orwell was right, and continues to be. As a new YouGov poll shows, Britons are surprisingly alert to class — both their own and that of others. And they still think class is sticky. According to the poll, 48% of people aged 30 or over say they expect toendup better off than their parents. But only 28% expect toendup in a different class. More than two-thirds think neither they nor their children will leave the class they were born into.

　　What does this thing that people cannot escape consist of these days? And what do people look at when decoding which class someone belongs to? The most useful identifying markers, according to the poll, are occupation, address, accent andincome, in that order. The fact thatincome comes fourth is revealing: though some of the habits and attitudes that class used to define are more widely spread than they were, class still indicates something less blunt than mere wealth.

　　Occupation is the most trusted guide to class, but changes in the labour market have made that harder to read than when Orwell was writing. Manual workers have shrunk along with farming and heavy industry as a proportion of the workforce, while the number of people in white-collar jobs has surged. Despite this striking change, when they were asked to place themselves in a class, Brits in2006huddled in much the same categories as they did when they were asked in 1949. So, jobs, which were once a fairly reliable guide to class, havebecome misleading.

　　A survey conducted earlier this year by Expertian shows how this convergence on similar types of work has blurred class boundaries. Expertian asked people in a number of different jobs to place themselves in the working class or the middle class. Secretaries, waiters and journalists were significantly more likely to think themselves middle-class than accountants, computer programmers or civil servants. Many new white-collar jobs offer no more autonomy or better prospects than old blue-collar ones. Yet despite the muddle over what the markers of class are these days, 71% of those polled by YouGov still said they found it very or fairly easy to figure out which class others belong to.

　　In addition to changes in the labour market, two other things have smudged the borders on the class map. First, since 1945 Britain has received large numbers of immigrants who do not fit easily into existing notions of class and may have their own pyramids to scramble up. The flow of new arrivals has increased since the late 1990s, multiplying this effect.

　　Second, barriers to fame have been lowered. Britains fast-growing ranks of celebrities — like David Beckham and his wife Victoria — form a kind of parallel aristocracy open to talent, or at least to those who are uninhibited enough to meet the requests of television producers. This too has made definitionsmore complicated.

　　But many Brits, given the choice, still prefer to identify with the class they were born into rather than that which their jobs orincome would suggest. This often entails pretending to be more humble than is actually the case: 22% of white-collar workers told YouGov that they consider themselves working class. Likewise, the Expertian survey found that one in ten adults who call themselves working class are among the richest asset-owners, and that over half a million households which earn more than $191,000 a year say they are working class. Pretending to be grander thanincome and occupation suggest is rarer, though it happens too.

　　If class no longer describes a clear social, economic or even political status, is it worth paying any attention to? Possibly, yes. It is still in most cases closely correlatedwith educational attainment and career expectations.

　　21. Why does the author say "...Orwell was right, and continues to be" (Paragraph Two)?

　　A. Because there was stronger class consciousness in India.

　　B. Because more people hope toendup in a higher class.

　　C. Because people expect to gain more wealth than their parents.

　　D. Because Britons are still conscious of their class status.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。George Orwell说英国是“世界上阶级划分最明显的国家”，而后文也提到英国人对阶级很敏感，因此D项正确。

　　22. ...class still indicates something less blunt than mere wealth" (Paragraph Three) means that ________.

　　A. class is still defined by its own habits and attitudes

　　B. class would refer to something more subtle than money

　　C. peoplefromdifferent classes may have the same habits or attitudes

　　D.income is unimportant in determining which class one belongs to

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。该句话的含义是“阶级不仅仅意味着财富的多少，它还体现着一些不那么直接的东西”，因此B项表述正确。

　　23. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?

　　A. White-collar workers would place themselves in a different class.

　　B. People with different jobs may place themselves in the same class.

　　C. Occupation and class are no longer related with each other.

　　D. Changes in the workforce have made it difficult to define class.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。文章第三段提到，在判定某人所属的阶级时，英国人常常用到几个标准，其中第一个便是职业，可见职业和阶级是紧密联系的。

　　24. Which of the following is NOT a cause to blur class distinction?

　　A. Notions of class by immigrants.

　　B. Changing trends of employment.

　　C. Easy access to fame.

　　D. Fewer types of work.

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。其他三项在第六、七、四段中均有提及。

　　25. When some successful white-collar workers choose to stay in the working class, it implies that they are _________.

　　A. showing modesty

　　B. showing self-respect

　　C. expressing boastfulness

　　D. making an understatement

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章倒数第二段中提到，很多英国人倾向于将自己归属于出生时的阶级，而不是与自己的职业和收入相匹配的阶级，他们常常表现出更谦逊的一面，因此A项正确。

　　TEXT D

　　The train was whirling onward with such dignity of motion that a glancefromthe window seemed simply to prove that plains of Texas were pouring eastward. Vast flats of green grass, dull-hued spaces of mesquite and cactus, little groups of frame houses, woods of light and tender trees, all were sweeping into the east, sweeping over the horizon, a precipice.

　　A newly married pair had boarded this coach at San Antonio. The mans face was reddenedfrommany days in the wind and sun, and a direct result of his new black clothes was that his brick-coloured hands were constantly performing in a most conscious fashion. From time to time he looked down respectfully at his attire. He sat with a hand on each knee, like a man waiting in a barbers shop. The glances he devoted to other passengers were furtive and shy.

　　The bride was not pretty, nor was she very young. She wore a dress of blue cashmere, with small reservations of velvet here and there, and with steel buttons abounding. She continually twisted her head to regard her puff sleeves, very stiff, and high. They embarrassed her. It was quite apparent that she had cooked, and that she expected to cook, dutifully. The blushes caused by the careless scrutiny of some passengers as she had entered the car were strange to see upon this plain, under-class countenance, which was drawn in placid, almost emotionless lines.

　　They were evidently very happy. "Ever been in a parlor-car before?" he asked, smiling with delight.

　　"No," she answered; "I never was. Its fine, aint it?"

　　"Great! And then after a while well go forward to the dinner, and get a big lay-out. Fresh meal in the world. Charge a dollar."

　　"Oh, do they?" cried the bride. "Charge a dollar? Why, thats too much — for us — aint it, Jack?"

　　"Nor this trip, anyhow," he answered bravely. "Were going to go the whole thing."

　　Later he explained to her about the trains. "You see, its a thousand milesfromoneendof Texas to the other; and this runs right across it, and never stops but four times.” He had the pride of an owner. He pointed out to her the dazzling fittings of the coach; and in truth her eyes opened wider and she contemplated the sea-green figured velvet, the shining brass, silver, and glass, the wood that gleamed as darkly brilliant as the surface of a pool of oil. At oneenda bronze figure sturdily held a support for a separated chamber, and at convenient places on the ceiling were frescos in olive and silver.

　　To the minds of the pair, their surroundings reflected the glory of their marriage that morning in San Antonio; this was the environment of their new estate; and the mans face in particular beamed with an elation that made him appear ridiculous to the Negro porter. This individual at times surveyed themfromafar with an amused and superior grin. On other occasions he bullied them with skill in ways that did not make it exactly plain to them that they were being bullied. He subtly used all the manners of the most unconquerable kind of snobbery. He oppressed them. But of this oppression they had small knowledge, and they speedily forgot that infrequently a number of travelers covered them with stares of derisive enjoyment. Historically there was supposed to be something infinitely humorous in their situation.

　　"We are due in Yellow Sky at 3:42," he said, looking tenderly into her eyes.

　　"Oh, are we?" she said, as if she had not been aware of it. To evince (表现出) surprise at her husbands statement was part of her wifely amiability. She tookfroma pocket a little silver watch; and as she held it before her, and stared at it with a frown of attention, the new husbands face shone.

　　"I bought it in San Antonfroma friendof mine," he told her gleefully.

　　"Its seventeen minutes past twelve," she said, looking up at him with a kind of shy and clumsy coquetry (调情；卖俏). A passenger, noting this play, grew excessively sardonic, and winked at himself in one of the numerous mirrors.

　　At last they went to the dining-car. Two rows of Negro waiters, in glowing white suits, surveyed their entrance with the interest, and also the equanimity (平静), of men who had been forewarned. The pair fell to the lot of a waiter who happened to feel pleasure in steering them through their meal. He viewed them with the manner of a fatherly pilot, his countenance radiant with benevolence. The patronage, entwined with the ordinary deference, was not plain to them. And yet, as they returned to their coach, they showed in their faces a sense of escape.

　　26. The description of the couples clothes and behaviour at the beginning of the passage seems to indicate that they had a sense of __________.

　　A. secrecy

　　B. elation

　　C. superiority

　　D. awkwardness

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。文章第二、三段几处的用词如furtive、shy、embarrass、blushes等都说明这对夫妇在火车上表现出的笨拙和不自在。

　　27. Which of the following adjectives best depicts the interior of the coach?

　　A. Modern.

　　B. Luxurious.

　　C. Practical.

　　D. Complex.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章对火车内部的描述使用了几个词组如dazzling fitting、sea-green figured velvet、shining brass、silver等都说明火车装饰华丽。

　　28. Which of the following best describes the attitude of other people on the train towards the couple?

　　A. They regarded the couple as an object of fun.

　　B. They expressed indifference towards the couple.

　　C. They were very curious about the couple.

　　D. They showed friendliness towards the couple.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。文章第十段描述到那个黑人列车服务员“时不时地从远处打量他们，嘴角带着消遣和高人一等的笑容”，有时还以一种不易察觉的方式欺负他们，“他处处表现出不可一世的势利”，这些都说明A项表述正确。

　　29. Which of the following contains a metaphor?

　　A. ... like a man waiting in a barbers shop.

　　B. ... his countenance radiant with benevolence.

　　C. ... sweeping over the horizon, a precipice.

　　D. ... as darkly brilliant as the surface of a pool of oil.

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。这里是用precipice来比喻horizon，是暗喻。

　　30. We can inferfromthe last paragraph that in the dining-car ________.

　　A. the waiters were snobbish

　　B. the couple felt ill at ease

　　C. the service was satisfactory

　　D. the couple enjoyed their dinner

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。文章结尾一句“他们回到车厢，脸上有一种解脱的神情”，说明他们在餐车“过得并不自在”。

　　PART III GENERAL KNOWLEDGEThere are ten multiple-choice questions in this section. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　31. The northernmost part of Great Britain is _______.

　　A. Northern Ireland

　　B. Wales

　　C. England

　　D. Scotland

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。英国最北端是苏格兰。

　　32. It is generally agreed that _______ were the first Europeans to reach Australias shores.

　　A. the French

　　B. the Germans

　　C. the British

　　D. the Dutch

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。1606年，荷兰航海家Willem Janszoon在约克角西岸登陆澳洲。1770年，英国人库克船长登上澳洲大陆并宣布它为英国领土。

　　33. Which country is known as the Land of Maple Leaf?

　　A. Canada.

　　B. New Zealand.

　　C. Great Britain.

　　D. The United States of America.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。加拿大被誉为“枫叶之国”。

　　34. Who wrote the famous pamphlet, The Common Sense, before the American Revolution?

　　A. Thomas Jefferson.

　　B. Thomas Paine.

　　C. John Adams.

　　D. Benjamin Franklin.

　　参考答案： B

　　TIP：选B。《常识》是托马斯潘恩在美国革命之前撰写的。

　　35. Virginia Woolf was an important female ________ in the 20th-century England.

　　A. poet

　　B. biographer

　　C. playwright

　　D. novelist

　　参考答案： D

　　TIP：选D。弗吉尼亚伍尔芙是英国著名小说家，第二次世界大战期间，她是伦敦文学界的核心人物。

　　36. ______ refers to a long narrative poem that records the adventures of a hero in a nations history.

　　A. Ballad

　　B. Romance

　　C. Epic

　　D. Elegy

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。epic是“史诗、叙事诗”的意思。

　　37. Which of the following best explores American myth in the 20th century?

　　A. The Great Gatsby.

　　B. The Sun Also Rises.

　　C. The Sound and the Fury.

　　D. Beyond the Horizon.

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。《天边外》是尤金奥尼尔的著名戏剧作品，《太阳照常升起》是海明威的代表作，《喧哗与骚动》则是福克纳的代表作。《了不起的盖茨比》的作者是菲茨杰拉德的作品，反映了美国20世纪20年代到30年代的社会现实，对美国神话进行了另类诠释和解读。

　　38. _______ is defined as the study of the relationship between language and mind.

　　A. Semantics

　　B. Pragmatics

　　C. Cognitive linguistics

　　D. Sociolinguistics

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。认知语言学认为，语言的创建、学习及运用，基本上都必须能够通过人类的认知而加以解释，因为认知能力是人类知识的根本。

　　39. A vowel is differentfroma consonant in English because of ________.

　　A. absence of obstruction

　　B. presence of obstruction

　　C. manner of articulation

　　D. place of articulation

　　参考答案： A

　　TIP：选A。辅音主要是从肺部呼出的气流在通过口腔或鼻腔时遇到阻碍而发出的音，元音的发音与之最大的区别就是不受阻碍，不产生摩擦。

　　40. The definition "the act of using or promoting the use of several languages, either by an individual speaker or bya community of speakers" refers to _________.

　　A. Pidgin

　　B. Creole

　　C. Multilingualism

　　D. Bilingualism

　　参考答案： C

　　TIP：选C。Multilingualism的意思是“多语现象、多语制”。

　　PART IV PROOFREADING & ERROR CORRECTION

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proofread the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　To correct these mistakes, you may need to change, or add a word. If you need to change a word, click the left mouse button to select the word, choose "change" on the menu and write the correct word in the blank. If you need to a word, click the left mouse button to select the word and choose "" on the menu. If you need to add a word, click the left mouse button to select the space in between the two words where you think there is a word missing, choose "add" on the menu and write the missing word in the blank. And you may use "cancel" on the menu to cancel the choice of the correction way youve just made.

　　参考答案：

　　(1) grew ∧ up — 加入up。up。grow作“成长”解时，是不及物动词，与副词up搭配。

　　(2) conscience — 改成consciousness。根据原文，此处表达的意思应该是“但我这样做的同时，却清楚地知道我在背叛自己的天性”，conscience意为“良心”，不符合句意。

　　(3) soon — 改成sooner。sooner or later是固定搭配，意为“迟早”。

　　(4) on — 删去on后的the。on either side表示“在两边”，前面不应再用定冠词the。(5) disagreeing — 改成disagreeable。此处表达的意思应为“我很快养成了乖戾的习性，使我在学生时代很不受欢迎”，disagreeable意为“不友善的、难相处的”。

　　(6) imaginative — 改成imaginary。imaginative意为“有想象力的”，imaginary意为“想像的、虚构的”，此处意思应为“我养成了孤独的孩子们带有的编造故事的习惯，并与想像中的人说话”，因此改为imaginary。

　　(7) literal — 改成literary。此处的意思应为“文学抱负”，所以应将literal（文字的）改为literary（文学的）。

　　(8) in — 删去in。face表示“面对”，可直接跟宾语，应去掉介词in。

　　(9) world ∧ in — 加入in。这里由which引导的定语从句修饰world，介词in不能省略。

　　(10) Therefore — 改成Nevertheless。从上下文的含义来看，应用表达转折的连词nevertheless。

　　PART V TRANSLATIONSECTION

　　A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　Translate the underlined part of the following text into English. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　现代社会无论价值观的持有还是生活方式的选择都充满了矛盾。而最让现代人感到尴尬的是，面对重重矛盾，许多时候你却别无选择。匆忙与休闲是截然不同的两种生活方式。但在现实生活中，人们却在这两种生活方式间频繁穿梭，有时也说不清自己到底是“休闲着”还是“匆忙着”。譬如说，当我们正在旅游胜地享受假期，却忽然接到老板的电话，告诉我们客户或工作方面出了麻烦——现代便捷先进工具在此刻显示出了它狰狞、阴郁的面容——搞得人一下子兴趣全无，接下来的休闲只是徒有其表，因为心里已是火烧火燎了。

　　参考答案：

　　Being in haste and at leisure are two distinct lifestyles. But in real life, people have to shuttle between these two lifestyles frequently, without knowing whether they are "at leisure" or "in haste". For instance, when we are enjoying our holidays in a tourist attraction, a phone callfromthe boss tells us contingencies have happened with our clients or work. The hideous and gloomy side of the convenient modern high-tech device drives away all the interest. The following leisure time can only be reduced to the pure form, because we are already in a restless and anxious state of mind.

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　Translate the following text into Chinese. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　When flying over Nepal, its easy to soar in your imagination and pretendyoure tiny — a butterfly — and drifting above one of those three-dimensional topographical maps architects use, the circling contour lines replaced by the terraced rice paddies that surround each high ridge.

　　Nepal is a small country, andfromthe windows of our plane floating eastward at 12,000 feet, one can see clearly the brilliant white mirage of the high Himalayas thirty miles off the left window.

　　Out the right window, the view is of three or four high terraced ridges giving sudden way to the plains of India beyond.

　　There were few roads visible below, most transportation in Nepal being by foot along ancient trails that connect and bind the country together. There is alsoa network of dirt airstrips, which was fortunate for me, as I had no time for the two-and-a-half week trek to my destination. I was on a flight to the local airport.

　　参考答案：

　　在尼泊尔上空飞行，你的想象力很容易开始翱翔，仿佛你很渺小——就像一只小蝴蝶——飞在一幅三维的建筑地形图上，那些环绕着每个高脊的梯田就像图中环形的等高线。

　　尼泊尔是一个小国。我们的飞机在一万两千英尺的高空向东平稳飞行，透过左侧的窗户，可以清楚看见下方三十英里处雄伟的喜马拉雅山呈现出的白色蜃景。

　　转向右侧的窗口，看到的是三、四座高高的布有梯田的山脊，很快它们就被印度境内的广阔平原所代替了。

　　飞机下方只能看见极少的几条路。在尼泊尔，最主要的出行方式是沿着古老的小路步行，这些小路联系着全国各地。除此以外，这个国家还有一个空中网络，虽然机场尘土飞扬，但对我来说，也算是幸运，因为我没时间进行两个半星期的徒步旅行到达目的地。我当时是在去当地机场的航班上。

　　PART VI WRITING

　　According to a recent newspaper report, manyfamous sites of historical interest in China have begun or are considering charging tourists higher entry fees during peak travel seasons. This has aroused a lot of public attention and also public debate. What is your opinion? Should famous Chinese sites of historical interest charge higher fees during peak travel seasons? Write an essay of about 400 words.

　　In the first part of your essay you should state clearly your main argument, and in the second part you should support your argument with appropriate details. In the last part you should bring what you have written to a natural conclusion or make a summary.

　　You should supply an appropriate title for your essay.

　　Marks will be awarded for content, organization language and appropriateness. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your essay on ANSWER SHEET FOUR.

　　参考答案：

　　Higher Entry Fees During Peak Travel Season

　　In recent years, people in China have more time and money to visitfamous sites of historical interest, owing to longer holidays and higherincomes. These visits, on the one hand, can enrich their own life and bringthe sites substantialincomes. On the other hand, too many visits, especially during travel peaks when there are more visitors, have caused huge problems in several aspects. In my opinion, one effective solution to this problem is to charge higher fees during peak travel seasons.

　　For one reason, those who oppose higher fees have ignored the unique features offamous sites of historical interest. Differentfromthe common parks, the historical spots normally imply ample historical and cultural values. The relics in these spots are so precious and fragile that they usually need special and professional preservation and administration, which obviously costs large amounts of money. During peak travel seasons, even more tourists pay visits to the historical spots. Such huge amount of people arriving at one historical spot may probably lead to some unexpected damages. Facing this situation, there is no better measure than raising the entry fees to reduce the number of tourists in peak seasons. The only purpose of charging higher entry fees is to stop some peoples visits during special seasons so as to achieve a better protection of the valuable relics. With higher entry fees, some people may change their plans and give up their visits. Here economic means are applied to conserve precious things atthe sites of historical interest in an appropriate and sustainable way.

　　For another reason, higher fees charged may effectively reduce the number of tourists visiting historical spots in peak seasons, which is also good to the safety of the tourists. Reports on the accidents happening to tourists are not new to us. Especially during peak seasons, heavy traffic of passengers poses potential threats to the life of tourists. Furthermore, relaxation is always an ultimate goal for tourists. It is almost impossible for anyone to appreciate anything in an overcrowded spot with a sea of people around. An ideal holiday may even be ruined by the hustle and bustle andendless waiting.

　　In short, we need to control the number of visitors especially during the peak travel seasons, to guarantee a sound protection of historical spots as well as the safety of tourists. Among others, higher entry fees may be a simple and effective economic means of regulation, which should be taken into account by the authorities. As for the tourists, this may not be so bad as it sounds.

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 4

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSIONSECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the mini-lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening to the mini-lecture,please complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE and write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　You have THIRTY seconds to preview the gap-filling task.

　　Now listen to the mini-lecture. When it is over, you will be given THREE minutes to check your work.

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　In this section you will hear TWO interviews. At theendof each interview, five questions will be asked about what was said. Both the interviews and the questions will be spoken ONCE ONLY. After each question there will be a ten-second pause. During the pause, you should read the four choices of A, B, C and D, and mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　You have THIRTY seconds to preview the choices.

　　Now, listen to the first interview. Questions 1 to 5 are based on the first interview.

　　1.A. Comprehensive. B. Disheartening. C. Encouraging. D. Optimistic.

　　2.A. 200. B. 70. C. 10. D. 500.

　　3.A. Lack of international funding.

　　B. Inadequate training of medical personnel.

　　C. Ineffectiveness of treatment efforts.

　　D. Insufficient operational efforts on the ground.

　　4.A. They canstart education programs for local people.

　　B. They can open up more treatment units.

　　C. They can provide proper treatment to patients.

　　D. They canbecome professional.

　　5.A. Provision of medical facilities.

　　B. Assessmentfrominternational agencies.

　　C. Ebola outpacing operational efforts.

　　D. Effective treatment of Ebola.

　　Now, listen to the second interview. Questions 6 to 10 are based on the second interview.

　　6.A. Interpreting the changesfromdifferent sources.

　　B. Analyzing changesfromthe Internetfor customers.

　　C. Using media information to inspire new ideas.

　　D. Creating thingsfromchanges in behavior, media, etc.

　　7.A. Knowing previous success stories.

　　B. Being brave and willing to take a risk.

　　C. Being sensitive to business data.

　　D. Being aware of what is interesting.

　　8.A. Having people take a risk.

　　B. Aiming at a consumer leek.

　　C. Using messages to do things.

　　D. Focusing on data-based ideas.

　　9.A. Looking for opportunities.

　　B. Considering a starting point.

　　C. Establishing the focal point.

　　D. Examining the future carefully.

　　10.A. A media agency.

　　B. An Internet company.

　　C. A venture capital firm.

　　D. A behavioral study center.

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

　　In this section there are three passages followed by fourteen multiple choice questions. For each multiple choice question, there are four suggested answers marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that you think is the best answer and mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　(1) It’s 7 pm on a balmy Saturday night in June, and I have just ordered my first beer in I Cervejaria, a restaurant in Zambujeira do Mar, one of the prettiest villages on Portugal’s south-west coast. The place is empty, but this doesn’t surprise me at all. I have spent two weeks in this area, driving along empty roads, playing with my son on empty beaches, and staying in B&Bs where we are the only guests.

　　(2) No doubt the restaurant, run by two brothers for the past 28 years, is buzzing in July and August, when Portuguese holidaymakers descendon the Alentejo coast. But for the other 10 months of the year, the trickle of dinerswho come to feast on fantastically fresh seafood reflects the general pace of life in the Alentejo: sleepy, borderingon comatose.

　　(3) One of the poorest, least-developed, least-populated regions in western Europe, the Alentejo has been dubbed both the Provence and the Tuscany of Portugal. Neither is accurate. Its scenery is not as pretty and, apartfromin the capital Evora, its food isn’t as sophisticated. The charms of this land of wheat fields, cork oak forests, wildflower meadows and tiny white-washed villages, are more subtle than in France or Italy’s poster regions.

　　(4) To travel here is to step back in time 40 or 50 years. Life rolls along at a treacly pace; there’s an unnerving stillness to the landscape. But that stillnessends abruptly at the Atlantic Ocean, where there is drama in spades. Protected by the South West Alentejo and Costa Vicentina national park, the 100 km of coastlinefromPorto Covo in the Alentejo to Burgau in the Algarve is the most stunning in Europe. And yet few people seem to know about it. Walkers come to admire the viewsfromthe Fisherman’s Way, surfers to ride the best waves in Europe, but day after day we had spectacular beaches to ourselves.

　　(5) The lack of awareness is partly a matter of accessibility (these beaches are a good two hours’ drivefromeither Faro or Lisbon airports) and partly to do with a lack of beachsideaccommodation. There are some gorgeous, independent guesthouses in this area, but they are hidden in valleys or at theendof dirt tracks.

　　(6) Our base was a beautiful 600-acre estate of uncultivated land covered in rock-rose, eucalyptus and wild flowers 13km inlandfromZambujeira. Our one-bedroom home, Azenha, was once home to the miller who tended the now-restored watermill next to it. A kilometre awayfromthe main house, pool and restaurant, it is gloriously isolated.

　　(7) Stepping out of the house in the morning to greet our neighbours – wild horses on one side, donkeys on the other – with nothing but birdsong filling the air, I felt a sense of adventure you normally only get with wild camping.

　　(8) “When people first arrive, they feel a little anxious wondering what they are going to do the whole time,” Sarah Gredley, the English owner of estate, told me. “But it doesn’t usually take them long to realise that the whole point of being here is to slow down, to enjoy nature.”

　　(9) We followed her advice, walking down to the stream in search of terrapins and otters, or through clusters of cork oak trees. On some days, we tramped uphill to the windmill, now a romantic house for two, for panoramic views across the estate and beyond.

　　(10) When we ventured out, we were always drawn back to the coast – the gentle sands and shallow bay of Farol beach. At theendof the day, we would head, sandy-footed, to the nearest restaurant, knowing that at every one there would be acabinetfull of fresh seafood to choosefrom– bass, salmon, lobster, prawns, crabs, goose barnacles, clams … We never ate the same thing twice.

　　(11) A kilometre or sofromI Cervejaria, on Zambujeira’s idyllic natural harbour is O Sacas, originally built to feed the fishermen but now popular with everyone. After scarfing platefuls of seafood on the terrace, we wandered down to the harbour where two fishermen, in wetsuits, were setting out by boat across the clear turquoise water to collect goose barnacles. Other than them, the place was deserted – just another empty beauty spot where I wondered for the hundredth time that week how this pristine stretch of coast has remained so undiscovered.

　　11.The first part of Para. 4 refers to the fact that ______.

　　A.life there is quiet and slow

　　B.the place is little known

　　C.the place is least populated

　　D.there are stunning views

　　12.“The lack of awareness” in Para. 5 refers to ______.

　　A.different holidaying preferences

　　B.difficulty of findingaccommodation

　　C.little knowledge of the beauty of the beach

　　D.long distancefromthe airports

　　13.The author uses “gloriously” in Para. 6 to ______.

　　A.describe the scenery outside the house

　　B.show appreciation of the surroundings

　　C.contrast greenery with isolation

　　D.praise the region’s unique feature

　　14.The sentence “We never ate the same thing twice” in Para. 10 reflects the ______ of the seafood there.

　　A.freshness

　　B.delicacy

　　C.taste

　　D.variety

　　15.Which of the following themes is repeated in both Paras. 1 and 11?

　　A.Publicity.

　　B.Landscape.

　　C.Seafood.

　　D.Accommodation.

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　(1) I can still remember the faces when I suggested a method of dealing with what most teachers of English considered one of their pet horrors, extended reading. The room was full of tired teachers, and many were quite cynical about the offer to work together to create a new and dynamic approach to the place of stories in the classroom.

　　(2) They had seenpromises come and go and mere words werent going to convince them, which was a shame as it was mere words that we were principally dealing with. Most teachers were unimpressed by the extended reading challengefromthe Ministry, and their lack of enthusiasm for the rather dry list of suggested tales was passed on to their students and everyone was pleased when that part of the syllabus was over. It was simply a box ticking exercise. We needed to do something more. We needed a very different approach.

　　(3) That was ten years ago. Now we have a different approach, and it works. Here’s how it happened (or, like most good stories, here are the main parts. You have to fill in some of yourself employing that underused classroom device, the imagination.) We started with three main precepts:

　　(4) First, it is important to realize that all of us are storytellers, tellers of tales. We all have our own narratives – the real stories such as what happened to us this morning or last night, and the ones we have been told by others and we haven’t experienced personally. We could say that our entire lives are constructed as narratives. As a result we all understand and instinctively feel narrative structure. Binaryopposites – for example, the tension created between good and bad together with the resolution of that tension through the intervention of time, resourcefulness and virtue – is a concept understood by even the youngest children. Professor Kieran Egan, in his seminal book ‘Teaching as Storytelling’ warns us not to ignore this innate skill, for it is a remarkable tool for learning.

　　(5) We need to understand that writing and reading are two sides of the same coin: an author hasnot completed the task if the book is not read: the creative circle isnot complete without the reader, who will supply their own creative input to the process. Samuel Johnson said: A writer only begins a book. A reader finishes it. In teaching terms, we often forget that reading itself can be a creative process, just as writing is, and we too often relegate it to a means of data collection. We frequently forget to make that distinction when presenting narratives or poetry, and oftenask comprehension questions which relate to factual information – who said what and when, rather than speculating on ‘why’, for example, or examining the context of the action.

　　(6) The third part of the reasoning that we adopted relates to the need to engage the students as readers in their own right, not as simply as language learners; learning the language is part of the process, not the reason for reading. What they read mustbecome theirs and have its own special and secret life in their heads, a place where teachers can only go if invited.

　　(7) We quickly found that one of the most important ways of making all the foregoing happen was to engage the creative talents of the class before they read a word of the text. The pre-reading activitiesbecome the most important part of the teaching process; the actual reading part can almost be seen as the cream on the cake, and the principle aim of pre-reading activities is to get students to want to read the text. We developed a series of activities which uses clues or fragmentsfromthe text yet to be read, and which rely on the student’s innate knowledge of narrative, so that they can to build their own stories before they read the key text. They have enough information to generate ideas but not so much that itbecomes simply an exercise in guided writing; releasing a free imagination is the objective.

　　(8) Movingfrompre-reading to reading, we may introduce textual intervention activities. ‘Textual Intervention’ is a term used by Rob Pope to describe the process of questioning a text not simply as a guideto comprehension but as a way of exploring the context of the story at any one time, and examining points at which the narrative presents choices, points of divergence, or narrative crossroads. We don’t do this for all texts, however, as the shorter ones do not seem to gain muchfromthis process and it simply breaks up the reading pleasure.

　　(9) Follow-up activities are needed, at the least, to round off the activity, to bring some sense of closure but they also offer an opportunity to link the reading experience more directly to the requirements of the syllabus. Indeed, the story may have been chosen in the first place because the context supports one of the themes that teachers are required to examine as part of the syllabus – for example, ‘families’, ‘science and technology’, ‘communications’, ‘the environment’ and all the other familiar themes. There are very few stories that can’t be explored without some part of the syllabus being supported. For many teachers this is an essential requirement if they are to engage in such extensive reading at all.

　　(10) The whole process – pre-, while and post reading – could be just an hour’s activity, or it could last for more than one lesson. When we are designing the materials for exploring stories clearly it is isn’t possible for us to know how much time any teacher will have available, which is why we construct the activities into a series of independent units which we call kits. They are called kits because we expect teachers to build their own lessons out of the materials we provide, which implies that large amounts may be discarded. What we do ask, though, is that the pre-reading activities be included, if nothing else. That is essential for the process to engage the student as a creative reader..

　　(11) One of the purposes of encouraging a creative reading approach in the language classroom is to do with the dynamics we perceive in the classroom. Strategic theorists tell us of the social trinity, whereby three elements are required to achieve a dynamic in any social situation. In the language classroom these might be seen as consisting of the student, the teacher and the language. Certainlyfromthe perspective of the student – and usuallyfromthe perspective of the teacher – the relationship is an unequal one, with the language being perceived as placed closer to the teacher than the student. This will result in less dynamic between language and student than between language and teacher. However, if we replace ‘language’ with narrative and especially if that is approached as a creative process that draws the student in so that they feel they ‘own’ the relationship with the text, then this will shift the dynamic in the classroom so that the student, who has nowbecome a reader, is much closer to the language – or narrative – than previously. This creates a much more effective dynamic of learning. However, some teachers feel threatened by this apparent loss of overall control and mastery. Indeed, the whole business of openended creativity and a lack of boxes to tick for the correct answer is quite unsettling territory for some to find themselves in.

　　16.It can be inferredfromParas. 1 and 2 that teachers used to ______.

　　A.oppose strongly the teaching of extended reading

　　B.be confused over how to teach extended reading

　　C.be against adopting new methods of teaching

　　D.teach extended reading in a perfunctory way

　　17.The sentence “we all understand and instinctively feel narrative structure” in Para. 4 indicates that ______.

　　A.we are good at telling stories

　　B.we all like telling stories

　　C.we are born story-tellers

　　D.we all like listening to stories

　　18.Samuel Johnson regards the relationship between a writer and a reader as ______ (Para. 5).

　　A.independent

　　B.collaborative

　　C.contradictory

　　D.reciprocal

　　19.In Para. 7, the author sees “pre-reading” as the most important part of reading because _____.

　　A.it encourages students’ imagination

　　B.it lays a good foundation for reading

　　C.it can attract students’ attention

　　D.it provides clues to the text to be read

　　20.“Textual Intervention” suggested by Rob Pope (in Para. 8) is expected to fulfill all the following functions EXCEPT ______.

　　A.exploring the context

　　B.interpreting ambiguities

　　C.stretching the imagination

　　D.examining the structure

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　(1) Once again, seething, residual anger has burst forth in an American city. And the riots that overtook Los Angeles were a reminder of what knowledgeable observers have been saying for a quarter century: America will continue paying a high price in civil and ethnic unrest unless thenation commits itself to programs that help the urban poor lead productive and respectable lives.

　　(2) Once again, a proven program is worth pondering: national service.

　　(3) Somewhat akin to the military training that generations of American males received in the armed forces, a 1990s version would prepare thousands of unemployable andundereducated young adults for quality lives in our increasingly global and technology-driven economy. National service opportunities would be available to any who needed it and, make no mistake, the problems are now so structural, to intractable, that any solution will require massive federal intervention.

　　(4) In his much quoted book, “The Truly Disadvantaged,” sociologist William Julius Wilson wrote that “only a major program of economic reform” will prevent the riot-prone urban underclassfrombeing permanently locked out of American economic life. Today, we simply have no choice. The enemy within and among our separate ethnic selves is as daunting as any foreign foe.

　　(5) Families who are rent apart by welfare dependency, job discrimination and intense feelings of alienation have produces minority teenagers with very little self-discipline and little faith that good grades and the American work ethic will pay off. A military-like environment for them with practical domestic objectives could produce startling results.

　　(6) Military service has been the most successful career training program we’ve ever known, and American children born in the years since the all-volunteer Army was instituted make up a large proportion of this targeted group. But this opportunity may disappear forever if too many of our military bases are summarily closed and converted or sold to the private sector. The facilities, manpower, traditions, and capacity are already in place.

　　(7) Don’t dismantle it: rechannel it.

　　(8) Discipline is a cornerstone of any responsible citizen’s life. I was taught it by my father, who was a policeman. May of the rioters have never had any at all. As an athlete and former Army officer, I know that discipline can be learned. More importantly, it must be learned or it doesn’t take hold.

　　(9) A precedent for this approach was the Civilian Conservation Corps that worked so well during the Great Depression. My father enlisted in the CCC as a young man with an elementaryschool education and he learned invaluable skills that served him well throughout his life. The key was that a job was waiting for him when he finished. The certainty of that first entry-level position is essential if severely alienated young minority men and women are to keep the faith.

　　(10) We all know these are difficult times for the public sector, but here’s the chance to add energetic and able manpower to America’s workforce. They could be prepared for the world of work or college – an offer similar to that made to returning GI after Word War II. It would be a chance for 16- to 21-year-olds to live among other cultures, religions, races and in different geographical areas. And these young people could be taught to rallyaround common goals and friendships that evolve out of pride in one’s squad, platoon, company, battalion –or commander.

　　(11) We saw such images during the Persian Gulf War and during the NACC Final Four basketball games. In military lifeand competitive sports, this camaraderie doesn’t just happen; it is taught and learned in an atmosphere of discipline and earned mutual respect for each other’s capabilities.

　　(12) A national service program would also helpovercome two damaging perceptions held by America’s disaffected youth: the society just doesn’t care about minority youngsters and that one’s personal best efforts will not be rewarded in our discriminatory job market. Harvard professor Robert Reich’s research has shown that urban social ills are so pervasive that the upper 20 percent of Americans – the “fortunate fifth” as he calls them – have decided quietly to “secede”fromthe bottom four-fifths and the lowest fifth in particular. We cannot accept such estrangement on a permanent basis. And what better way to answer skepticsfromany group than by certifying the technical skills of graduatesfroma national service training program?

　　(13) Now, we must act decisively to forestall future urban unrest. Republicans must put aside their aversion to funding programs aimed at certain cultural groups. Democrats must forget labels and recognize that a geographically isolated subgroup of Americans – their children in particular – need systematic and substantive assistance for at least another 20 years.

　　(14) The ethnic taproots of minority Americans are deeply buried in a soil of faith and loyalty to traditional values. With its emphasis on discipline, teamwork, conflict resolution, personal responsibility and marketable skills development, national service can provide both the training and that vital first job that will reconnect these Americans to the rest of us. Let’s do it before the fire next time.

　　21.According to the author, “national service”is comparable to “military training” because they both cultivate youngsters’ ______.

　　A.good grades

　　B.self discipline

　　C.mutual trust

　　D.work ethic

　　22.The author cites the example of his father in order to show ______.

　　A.the importance of discipline

　　B.the importanceof education

　　C.the necessity of having strong faith

　　D.the effectiveness of the program

　　23.According to the author, a national service program can bring the following benefits to America’s youngsters EXCEPT ______.

　　A.increase inincome

　　B.a sense of responsibility

　　C.confidence and hope

　　D.practical work skills

　　24.According to the context, what does “the fire” refer to (Para. 14)?

　　A.Discrimination.

　　B.Anger.

　　C.Riots.

　　D.Aversion.

　　SECTION B SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS

　　In this section there are eight short answer questions based on the passages in SECTION A. Answer each question in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS in the space provided on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　25.What does Para. 2 tell us about the restaurant business on the Alentejo coast throughout the year?

　　26.According to Para. 5, what are the two main reasons of the Alentejo’s inaccessibility?

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　27.What does “It was simply a box ticking exercise” mean in Para. 2?

　　28.Paras. 4-6 propose three main precepts for the now approach. Please use ONE phrase to summarize each of the three precepts.

　　29.What does the author suggest to shift the dynamic in the classroom (Para. 11)?

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　30.What is the purpose of the program proposed by the author (Paras. 1-3)?

　　31.What does the word “it” in “Don’t dismantle it: rechannel it.” refer to (Para. 7)?

　　32.What do Robert Reich’s findings imply (Para. 12)?

　　PART III LANGUAGE USAGE

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proof-read the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　For a wrong word, underline the wrong word and write the correct one in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　For a missing word, mark the position of the missing word with a “∧” sign and write the word you believe to be missing in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　For an unnecessary word, cross the unnecessary word with a slash “/” and put the word in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　Example

　　When∧art museum wants a new exhibit, (1)

　　it never buys things in finished form and hangs (2)

　　them on the wall. When a natural history museum

　　wants an exhibition, it must often build it. (3)

　　Proofread the given passage on ANSWER SHEET THREE as instructed.

　　PART IV TRANSLATION

　　Translate the underlined part of the following textfromChinese into English. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　我小的时候特别盼望过年，往往是一过了腊月，就开始掰着指头数日子。对于我们这种焦急的心态，大人们总是发出深沉的感叹，好像他们不但不喜欢过年，而且还惧怕过年。他们的态度令当时的我感到失望和困惑，现在我完全能够理解了。我想长辈们之所以对过年感慨良多，一是因为过年意味着一笔开支，二是飞速流逝的时间对他们构成巨大压力。小孩子可以兴奋地说：过了年，我又长大了一岁；而老人们则叹息：嗨，又老了一岁。过年意味着小孩子正在向自己生命过程中的`辉煌时期进步，而对于大人，则意味着正向衰朽的残年滑落。

　　PART V WRITING

　　The following are two excerpts about job hopping. Read the two excerpts carefully and write an article of NO LESS THAN 300 WORDS, in which you should:

　　1.summarize the main arguments in the two excerpts, and then

　　2.express your opinion towards job hopping, especially on whether job hopping would benefit your career development.

　　You can support yourself with informationfromthe excerpts.

　　Marks will be awarded for content relevance, content sufficiency, organization and language quality. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your article on ANSWER SHEET FOUR.

　　Excerpt 1

　　The Pros of Job Hopping

　　Until recently, job hopping was considered career suicide. But things have changed. As job longevitybecomes a thing of the past, employers and recruiters are beginning to have a different outlook on job hopping.

　　According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the average number of years that . workers have been with their current employer is . Tenure of young employees (ages 20 to 34) is only half that years).

　　As it turns out, job hopping can be extremely advantageous for certain types of people – if they do it for the right reasons, says Laurie Lopez, a partner and senior general manager in the IT Contracts division at WinterWyman. “For those in technology, for example, it allows them the opportunity to gain valuable technical knowledge in different environments and cultures. This can bemore common for those specializing in IT. In order to keep their skills fresh, it is necessary for technologists to remain current in ahighly competitive market. Job hopping ismore common with employees that are less tenured, and feel confident in their skills to be able to move on and can add value immediately in a new opportunity. With employers being more open to hiring job hoppers, we expect the trendto continue.”

　　Excerpt 2

　　Job hoppingbecomes more difficult as employers seek solid credentials

　　Amid a slowdown in the country’s economic growth, the good times for job hoppers mightbe coming to anend, said Angel Lam, associate directorof commerce and finance, human resources, supply chain and operation business of Robert Walters.

　　Job hoppers are those who frequently change jobs in a two-year span, according to global recruitment consultancy Robert Walters.

　　Employers started to shun the job hoppers in2012, and the trendbecame more apparent in2013and this year.

　　“About 90 percent of our clients will simply reject the candidate if they find traces indicating job hopping in the resumes. They wouldn’t even give an interview,” she said.

　　The usual time span for candidates to change a job should be between four to six years, especially for middle to senior management candidates, as they have to demonstrate progress to their employers over this period of time, according to Lam.

　　Usually, the candidate will adapt to all the changes in the job in the first year, make some fine tuning in the second year, speed up his or her progress in the third year and start to seek more stable development in the ensuing years. Only in this way can the employee improve adaptability, gain persistence and grasp basic skill sets required for the job, Lam said.

　　PartⅠ LISTENING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　1. signing

　　2. primary

　　3. literacy

　　4. differentbut complementary

　　5. avoiding

　　6. many other contexts

　　7. characteristics/features

　　8. reaction

　　9. distance

　　10. emotion

　　11. deliberate

　　12. intimacy and immediacy

　　13. continuum

　　14. types of language

　　15. the usage

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　1.What is international leaders’ assessment of the current battle against Ebola?

　　答案：B. Disheartening.

　　2.How many people are now working in the treatment unit in Liberia?

　　答案：A. 200.

　　3.According to Mary, what is the challenge in the battle against Ebola?

　　答案：Insufficient operational efforts on the ground.

　　4.Why do health workers need case management protocol training?

　　答案：They can open up more treatment units.

　　5.What does this interview mainly talk about?

　　答案：Ebola outpacing operational efforts.

　　6.What is Tom’s main role in his new position?

　　答案：C. Using media information to inspire new ideas.

　　7.According to Tom, what does innovation require of people?

　　答案：B. Being brave and willing to take a risk

　　8.What does Tom see as game-changing chances in the future?

　　答案：B. Aiming at a consumer level.

　　9.What does Tom do first to deal with the toughest part of his work?

　　答案：D. Examining the future carefully.

　　10.Which of the following might Tom work for?

　　答案：A. A media agency.

　　PartⅡ READING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　11. The first part of Para. 4 refers to the fact that .

　　答案：life there is quiet and slow

　　12. “The lack of awareness” in Para. 5 refers to .

　　答案：［C］little knowledge of the beauty of the beach

　　13. The author uses “gloriously” in Para. 6 to .

　　答案：［C］contrast greenery with isolation

　　14. The sentence “We never ate the same thing twice” in Para. 10 reflects the of the seafood there.

　　答案：［D］variety

　　15. Which of the following themes is repeated in both and 11?

　　答案：［A］Publicity.

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　16. It can be inferredfromand 2 that teachers used to .

　　答案：［D］teach extended reading in a perfunctory way

　　17. The sentence “we all understand and instinctively feel narrative structure” in indicates that .

　　答案：［C］we are born story-tellers

　　18. Samuel Johnson regards the relationship between a writer and a reader as .

　　答案：［B］collaborative

　　19. In , the author sees “pre-reading” as the most important part of reading because .

　　答案：［C］it can attract students’ attention

　　20. “Textual Intervention” suggested by Rob Pope (in Para. 8) is expected to fulfill all the following functions EXCEPT .

　　答案：［C］stretching the imagination

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　21. According to the author, “national service”is comparable to “military training” because they both cultivate youngsters’ .

　　答案：［B］self discipline

　　22. The author cites the example of his father in order to show .

　　答案：［A］the importance of discipline

　　23. According to the author, a national service program can bring the following benefits to America’s youngsters EXCEPT .

　　答案：［A］increase inincome

　　24. According to the context, what does “the fire” refer to (Para. 14)?

　　答案：［B］Anger.

　　SECTION B SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS

　　说明：简答题答案不唯一，意思对即可。

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　25.What does Para. 2 tell us about the restaurant business on the Alentejo coast throughout the year?

　　答案：Busy in July and August only.

　　(或者Not busy all the year other than July and August.)

　　26. According to Para. 5, what are the main reasons of the Alentejo’s inaccessibility?

　　答案：Farfromairports, and without properaccommodation.

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　27. What does “It was simply a box ticking exercise” mean in Para. 2?

　　答案：Extended reading was taught superficially without creation or enthusiasm.

　　28. Paras. 4 - 6 propose three main precepts for the new approach. Please use ONE phrase to summarize each of the three precepts.

　　答案：Teaching as storytelling, reading as creative processes, students as readers.

　　29. What does the author suggest to shift the dynamic in the classroom (Para. 11)?

　　答案：Replacing “language” with narrative approached as an attractive creative process.

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　30. What is the purpose of the program proposed by the author (Paras. 1-3)?

　　答案：To help the urban poor lead quality lives.

　　31. What does the word “it” in “Don’t dismantle it: rechannel it” refer to (Para. 7) ?

　　答案：The resource of military bases suitable for national service.

　　32. What do Robert Reich’s findings imply (Para. 12)?

　　答案：There is alienation between the rich and the poor.

　　Part IIILANGUAGE USAGE

　　1. which→ that

　　2. thus→ as

　　3. how→ how

　　4. ∧the more→ and

　　5. specially→ especially/particularly

　　6. dominated→ dominating

　　7. make→ conduct/offer

　　8. ∧ability→ the

　　9. specialized→ specialize

　　10. manner→ way

　　Part IV TRANSLATION

　　参考译文

　　The reasons for the elders’ mixed feelings about the New Year, I think, come down to the following two ones. On the one hand, celebrating the New Year means a great expense to them. On the other hand, the fleeting time exerted considerable pressure on them. Kids may say excitedly that they begin another year in their life after the New Year; however, adults may sigh, "Well, Ivebecome one year older!" For the kids, the New Year means that they are making progress in the most brilliant part of their life. On the contrary, for adults, its an indication that they are sliding into their declining years.

　　Part V WRITING

　　参考范文

　　Job Hopping, Yes or No?

　　It seems that employers are nowadays more open to job hoppers as the former is increasingly aware that job hopping may be conducive to them in thatfresh organizational cultures and values, especially the updated knowledge, are a must for the employees. However, some employers are reluctant to hire those job hoppers on the grounds that the latter needs at least four to six years to demonstrate progress to their employers and therefore, job hoppers who served ina company for less than that duration will do no good to both the present and the next employers. For those who are struggling for something new, they should not feel guilty about job hopping, but the trendof selecting what kind of employees by different businesses has to be pondered before the final decision is made.

　　The commonly accepted wisdom is that flexibility means adapting well to various circumstances and should be highly valued. In particular, venturing in new settings is not detrimental to personal characters in one’s early life. Job hopping will broaden one’s experience, escalate one’s knowledge and enrich one’s life. Additionally, job hopping may inspire smart decisions in choosing ideal jobs in the future. Apartfroma few who are definite towards their career life at a younger age, most young adults, especially those who have just stepped out of the ivory tower, are still not quite clear about their future. Job hopping will without doubt help new graduates find their true self and the direction of their careers. Furthermore, those loyal employees do have strengths suchas commitment, devotion and credibility to the job, but a higher risk of job burnout, mid-career crisis sabotage or severe career bottleneck are widely observed in workplace which may render stagnancy or even loss tothe company.

　　There is no question that to switch jobs should be done on the basis that the employee has really acquired skills in his or her present post and needs to further his or her knowledge or values. For those who frequently change jobs within a short period of time because they feel insecure or are sunk in apathy about the job or even problematic with addressing relationships with colleagues, it deserves reflection and the human resources department will for sure spot that out.

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 5

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSION (35 MIN)

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening, take notes on the important points. Your notes will not be marked, but you will need themto complete a gap-filling task after the mini-lecture. When the lecture is over, you will be given two minutes to check your notes, and another ten minutesto complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE, using no more than three words in each gap. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may refer to your noteswhile completing the task Use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　Now, listen to the mini-lecture.

　　How to Reduce Stress

　　Life is full of things that cause us sress. Though we may not like

　　stress, we have to live with it.

　　I. Definition of stress

　　A. (1) reaction

　　i.e.force exerted between two touching bodies

　　B. human reaction

　　i.e. response to (2) on someone

　　e.g. increase in breathing, heart rate, (3) ,

　　or muscle tension

　　II. (4) ,

　　A. positive stress

　　where it occurs: Christmas, wedding, (5)

　　B. negative stress

　　where it occurs: test-taking situations, friend’s death

　　III. Ways to cope with stress

　　A. recoginition of stress signals

　　monitor for (6) of stress

　　find ways to protect oneself

　　B. attention to body demand

　　C. planning and acting appropriately

　　reason for planning

　　(8) of planning

　　e.g. dlay caused by traffic

　　E. pacing activities

　　manageable task

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 1 to 5 are based on an interview. At theendof the interview you will be given 10 seconds to answer each of the following five questions.

　　Now listen to the interview.

　　1. According to the interviewer, which of the following best indicates the relationship between choice and mobility?

　　A. Better education→ greater mobility→more choices.

　　B. Better education→more choices→greater mobility.

　　C. Greater mobility→better education→more choices.

　　D. Greater mobility→more choices→better education.

　　2. According to the interview, which of the following details about the first poll is INCORRECT?

　　A. Shorter work hours was least chosen for being most important.

　　B. Chances for advancement might have been favoured by young people.

　　C. Highincome failedto come on top for being most important.

　　D. Job security came second according to the poll results.

　　3. According to the interviewee, which is the main difference between the first and the second poll?

　　A. The type of respondents who were invited.

　　B. The way in which the questions were designed.

　　C. The content area of the questions.

　　D. The number of poll questions.

　　4. What can we learnfromthe respondents answers to items 2, 4 and 7 in the second poll?

　　A. Recognitionfromcolleagues should be given less importance.

　　B. Workers are always willing and ready to learn more new skills.

　　C. Psychological reward is more important than material one.

　　D. Work will have to be made interesting to raise efficiency.

　　5. According to the interviewee, which of the following can offer both psychological andmonetary benefits?

　　A. Contact with many people.

　　B. Chances for advancement.

　　C. Appreciationfromcoworkers.

　　D. Chances to learn new skills.

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCAST

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 6 and 7 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now listen to the news.

　　6. According to the news item, "sleepboxes" are designed to solve the problems of

　　A. airports.

　　B. passengers.

　　C. architects.

　　D. companies.

　　7. Which of the following is NOT true with reference to the news?

　　A. Sleepboxes can be rented for different lengths of time.

　　B. Renters of normal height can stand up inside.

　　C. Bedding can be automatically changed.

　　D. Renters can take a shower inside the box.

　　Question 8 is based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 10 seconds to answer the question.

　　Now listen to the news.

　　8. What is the news item mainly about?

　　A. Londons preparations for the Notting Hill Carnival.

　　B. Main features of the Notting Hill Carnival.

　　C. Polices preventive measures for the carnival.

　　D. Police participation in the carnival.

　　Questions 9 and 10 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now listen to the news.

　　9. The news item reports on a research finding about

　　A. the Dutch famine and the Dutch women.

　　B. early malnutrition and heart health.

　　C. the causes of death during the famine.

　　D. nutrition in childhood and adolescence.

　　10. When did the research team carry out the study?

　　A. At theendof World War II.

　　B. Between 1944 and 1945.

　　C. In the 1950s.

　　D. In2007.

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION (30 MIN)

　　TEXT A

　　My class at Harvard Business School helps students understand what good management theory is and how it is built. In each session, we look atone company through the lenses of different theories, using them to explain howthe company got into its situation and to examine what action will yield the needed results. On the last day of class, I asked my class to turn those theoretical lenses on themselves to find answers to two questions: First, How can I be sure Ill be happy in my career? Second, How can I be sure my relationships with my spouse and my family willbecome anenduring source of happiness? Here are some management tools that can be used to help you lead a purposeful life.

　　1. Use Your Resources Wisely. Your decisions about allocating your personal time, energy, and talent shape your lifes strategy. I have a bunch of businessesthat compete for these resources: Im trying to have a rewarding relationship with my wife, raise great kids, contribute tomy community, succeed in my career, and contribute to my church. And I have exactly the same problem that a corporation does. I have a limited amount of time, energy and talent. How much do I devote to each of these pursuits?

　　Allocation choices can make your life turn out to very differentfromwhat you intended. Sometimes thats good: opportunities that you have never planned for emerge. But if you dont invest your resources wisely, theoutcome can be bad. As I think about my former classmates who inadvertently invested in lives of hollow unhappiness, I cant help believing that their troubles related right back to a short-term perspective.

　　When people with a high need for achievement have an extra half hour of time or an extra ounce of energy, theyll unconsciously allocate it to activities that yield the most tangibleaccomplishments. Our careers provide the most concrete evidence that were moving forward. You ship a product, finish a design, complete a presentation, close a sale teach a class, publish a paper, get paid, get promoted. In contrast, investing time and energy in your relationships with your spouse and children typically doesnt offer the same immediate sense of achievement. Kids misbehave every day. Its really not until 20 years down the road that you can say, I raised a good son or a good daughter. You can neglect your relationship with your spouse and on a daily basis it doesnt seem as if thing are deteriorating. People who are driven to excel have this unconscious propensity to under invest in their families and overinvest in their careers, even though intimate and loving family relationships are the most powerful andenduring source of happiness.

　　If you study the root causes of business disasters, over and over youll find this predisposition towardendeavors that offer immediate gratification. If you look at personal lives through that lens, youll see that same stunning and sobering pattern: people allocating fewer and fewer resources to the things they would have once said mattered most.

　　2. Create A Family Culture. Its one thing to see into the foggy future with a acuity and chart the course correctionsa company must make. But its quite another to persuade employees to line up and work cooperatively to takethe company in that new direction.

　　When there is little agreement, you have to use power tools coercion, threats, punishments and so on, to secure cooperation. But if employees ways of working together succeed over and over, consensus begins to form. Ultimately, people dont even think about whether their way yields success. They embrace priorities and followprocedures by instinct and assumption rather than by explicit decision, which means that theyve created a culture. Culture,in compelling but unspoken ways, dictates the proven, acceptable methods by which member s of a group address recurrent problems. And culture defines the priority given to different types of problems. It can be a powerful management tool.

　　I use this model to address the question, How can I be my familybecomes anenduring source of happiness? My students quickly see that the simplest way parents can elicit cooperationfromchildren is to wield power tools. Butthere comes a point during the teen years when power tools no longer work. At that point, parents start wishing they had begun working with their children at a very young age to build a culture in which children instinctively behave respectfully toward one another, obey their parents, and choose the right thing to do. Families have cultures, justa companies do. Those cultures can be built consciously.

　　If you want your kids to have strong self-esteem and the confidence that they can solve hard problems, those qualities wont magically materialize in high school. You have to design them into familys culture and you have think about this very early on. Like employees, children build self-esteem by doing things that are hard and learning what works.

　　11. According to the author, the key to successful allocation of resources in your life depends on whether you

　　A. can manage your time well B. have long-term planning

　　C. are lucky enough to have new opportunities D. can solveboth company and family problems

　　12. What is the role of the statement Our careers provide the most concrete evidence that were moving forward with reference to the previous statement in the paragraph?

　　A. To offer further explanation B. To provide a definition

　　C. To present a contrast D. To illustrate career development

　　13. According to the author,a common cause of failure in business and family relationships is

　　A. lack of planning B. short-sightedness C. shortage of resources D. decision by instinct

　　14. According to the author, when does culture begin to emerge

　　A. When people decide what and how to do by instinct

　　B. When people realize the importance of consensus

　　C. When people as a group decide how to succeed

　　D. When people use power tools to reach agreement

　　15. One of the similaritiesbetween company culture and family culture is that

　　A. problem-solving ability is essential B. cooperation is the foundation

　　C. respect and obedience are key elements D. culture needs to be nurtured

　　Text B

　　It was nearly bed-time and when they awoke next morning land would be in sight. Dr. Macphail lit his pipe and, leaning over the rail, searched the heavens for the Southern Cross. After two years at the front and a wound that had taken longer to heal than it should, he was glad to settle down quietly at Apia (阿皮亚，西萨摩亚首都) for twelve months at least, and he felt already better for the journey. Since some of the passengers were leaving the ship next day at Pago-Pago they had had a little dance that evening and in his ears hammered still the harsh notes of the mechanical piano. But the deck was quiet at last. A little way off he saw his wife in a long chair talking with the Davidsons, and he strolled over to her. When he sat down under the light and took off his hat you saw that he had very red hair, with a bald patch on the crown, and the red, freckled skin whichaccompanies red hair; he was a man of forty, thin, with a pinched face, precise and rather pedantic; and he spoke with a Scots accent in a very low, quiet voice.

　　Between the Macphails and the Davidsons, who were missionaries, there had arisen the intimacy of shipboard, which is due to propinquity rather than toany community of taste. Their chief tie was the disapproval they shared of the men who spent their days and nights in the smoking-room playing poker or bridge and drinking. Mrs. Macphail was not a little flattered to think that she and her husband were the only people on board with whom the Davidsons were willing to associate, and even the doctor, shy but no fool, half unconsciously acknowledgedthe compliment. It was only because he was of an argumentative mind that in their cabin at night he permitted himself to carp (唠叨).

　　‘Mrs. Davidson was saying she didn’t know how they’d have got through the journey if it hadn’t been for us,’ said Mrs. Macphail, as she neatly brushed out her transformation (假发). ‘She said we were really the only people on the ship they cared to know.’

　　‘I shouldn’t have thought a missionary was such a big bug (要人、名士) that he could afford to put on frills (摆架子).’

　　‘It’s not frills. I quite understand what she means. It wouldn’t have been very nice for the Davidsons to have to mix with all that rough lot in the smoking-room.

　　The founder of their religion wasnt so exclusive, said Dr. Macphail with a chuckle.

　　Ive asked you over and over again not to joke about religion, answered his wife. I shouldnt like to have a nature like yours, Alec. You never look for the best in people.

　　He gave her a sidelong glance with his pale, blue eyes, but did not reply. After many years of married life he had learned that it was more conducive to peace to leave his wife with the last word. He was undressed before she was, and climbing into the upper bunk he settled down to read himself to sleep.

　　When he came on deck next morning they were close to land. He looked at it with greedy eyes. There was a thin strip of silver beach rising quickly to hills covered to the top with luxuriant vegetation. The coconut trees, thick and green, came nearly to the waters edge, and among them you saw the grass houses of the Samoaris (萨摩亚人); and here and there, gleaming white, a little church. Mrs. Davidson came and stood beside him. She was dressed in black, and wore round her neck a gold chain,fromwhich dangled a small cross. She was a little woman, with brown, dull hair very elaborately arranged, and she had prominent blue eyes behind invisible pince-nez (夹鼻眼镜). Her face was long, like a sheep’s, but she gave no impression of foolishness, rather of extreme alertness; she had the quick movements of a bird. The most remarkable thing about her was her voice, high, metallic, and without inflection; it fell on the ear with a hard monotony, irritating to the nerves like the pitiless clamour of the pneumatic drill.

　　This must seem like home to you, said Dr. Macphail, with his thin, difficult smile.

　　Ours are low islands, you know, not like these. Coral. These are volcanic. Weve got another ten days journey to reach them.

　　In these parts thats almost like being in the next street at home, said Dr. Macphail facetiously.

　　Well, thats rather an exaggerated way of putting it, but one does look at distances differently in the J South Seas. So far youre right.

　　Dr. Macphail sighed faintly.

　　16. It can be inferredfromthe first paragraph that Dr. Macphail

　　A. preferred quietness to noise B. enjoyed the sound of the mechanical piano

　　C. was going back to his hometown D. wanted to befriendthe Davidsons

　　17. The Macphails and the Davidsons were in eachothere company because they

　　A. had similar experience B. liked each other

　　C. shared dislike for some passengers D. had similar religious belief

　　18. Which of the following statements best DESCRIBES Mrs. Macphail?

　　A. She was good at making friends B. She was prone to quarrelling with her husband

　　C. She was skillful in dealing with strangers D. She was easy to get along with.

　　19. All the following adjectives can be used to depict Mrs. Davidson EXCEPT

　　A. arrogant B. unapproachable C. unpleasant D. irritable

　　20. Which of the following statements about Dr. Macphail is INCORRECT?

　　A. He was sociable. B. He was intelligent.

　　C. He was afraid of his wife. D. He was fun of the Davidsons.

　　Text C

　　Today we make room for a remarkably narrow range of personality styles. Were told that to be great is to be bold, to be happy is to be sociable. We see ourselves as a nation of extrovertswhich means that weve lost sight of who we really are. One-third to one-half of Americans are introvertsin the other words, one out of every two or three people you know. If youre not an introvert yourself, you are surely raising, managing, married to, or coupled with one.

　　If these statistics surprise you, thats probably because so many people pretendto be extroverts. Closet introverts pass undetected on playgrounds, in high school locker rooms, and in the corridors of corporate America. Some fool even themselves, until some life event---a layoff, an empty nest, an inheritance that frees them to spendtime as they like---jolts them into taking stock of their true natures. You have only to raise this subject with your friends and acquaintances to find that the most unlikely people consider themselves introverts.

　　It makes sense that so many introverts hide evenfromthemselves. We live with a value system that I call the Extrovert Ideal the omnipresent belief that the ideal self is gregarious, alpha,and comfortable in the spotlight. The archetypal extrovert prefers action to contemplation, risk-taking to heed-taking, certainty to doubt. He favors quick decisions, even at the risk of being wrong. She works well in teams and socializes in groups. We like to think that we value individuality, but all too often we admire one type of individual the kindwhos comfortable "putting himself out there." Sure, we allow technologically gifted loners wholaunch companies in garages to have any personality they please, but they are the exceptions, not the rule, and our tolerance extends mainly to those who get fabulously wealthy or hold the promise of doing so.

　　Introversion---along with its cousins sensitivity, seriousness, and shyness---is now a second-class personality trait, somewhere between a disappointment and a pathology. Introverts living under the Extrovert Ideal are like women in a mans world, discounted because of a trait that goes to the core of who they are. Extroversion is an enormously appealing personality style, but weve turned it into an oppressive standard to which most of us feel we must conform.

　　The Extrovert Ideal has been documented in many studies, though this research has never been grouped under asingle name. Talkative people, for example, are rated as smarter, better-looking, more interesting, and more desirable as friends. Velocity of speech counts as well as volume: we rank fast talkers asmore competent and likable than slow ones. Even the word introvert is stigmatized---one informal study, by psychologist Laurie Helgoe, found that introverts described their own physical appearance in vivid language, but when asked to describe generic introverts they drew a bland and distasteful picture.

　　But we make a grave mistake to embrace the Extrovert Ideal so unthinkingly. Some of our greatest ideas, art, and inventions---fromthe theory of evolution to van Goghs sunflowers to thepersonal computer---camefromquiet and cerebral people who knew how to tune in to their inner worlds and the treasures to be found there.

　　21. According to the author, there exists, as far as personality styles are concerned, a discrepancy between

　　A. what people say they can do and what they actually can

　　B. what society values and what people pretendto be

　　C. what people profess and what statistics show

　　D. what people profess and what they hidefromothers

　　22. The ideal extrovert is described as being all the following EXCEPT

　　A. doubtful B. sociable C. determined D. bold

　　23. According to the author, our society only permits ___ to have whatever personality they like.

　　A. the young B. the ordinary C. the artistic D. the rich

　　24. According to the passage, which of the following statements BEST reflects the authors opinion?

　　A. Introversion is seen as an inferior trait because of its association with sensitivity.

　　B. Extroversion is arbitrary forced by society as a norm upon people.

　　C. Introverts are generally regarded as either unsuccessful or as deficient.

　　D. Extroversion and introversion have similar personality trait profiles.

　　25. The author winds up the passage with a____ note.

　　A. cautious B. warning C. positive D. humorous

　　Text D

　　Speaking two languages rather than just one has obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that the advantages of bilingualism are even more fundamental than being able to converse with a wider range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you smarter. It can have a profound effect on your brain, improving cognitive skills not related to language and even shielding against dementia in old age.

　　This view of bilingualism is remarkably differentfromthe understanding of bilingualism through much of the 20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers long considered a second language to be an interference, cognitively speaking, that hindered a childs academic and intellectual development.

　　They were not wrong about the interference: there is ample evidence that in a bilinguals brain both language systems are active even when he is using only one language, thus creating situations in which one system obstructs the other. But this interference, researchers are finding out, isnt so much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the brain to resolve internal conflict, giving the mind a workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.

　　The collective evidencefroma number of such studies suggests that the bilingual experience improves the brains so-called executive function ?a command system that directs the attention processes that we use for planning, solving problems and performing various other mentally demanding tasks. These processes include ignoring distractions to stay focused, switching attention willfullyfromone thing to another and holding information in mind ? like remembering a sequence of directions while driving.

　　Why does the tussle between two simultaneously active language systems improve these aspects of cognition? Until recently, researchers thought the bilingual advantage stemmed primarilyfroman ability for inhibition that was honed by the exercise of suppressing one language system: this suppression, it was thought, would help train the bilingual mind to ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have shown that bilinguals perform better than monolinguals even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like threading a line through an ascending series of numbers scattered randomly on a page.

　　The key difference between bilinguals and monolinguals may be more basic: a heightened ability to monitor the environment. Bilinguals have to switch languages quite often ? you may talk to your father in one language and to your mother in another language, says Albert Costa, a researcher at the University of Pompeu Fabra in Spain. It requires keeping track of changes around you in the same way that we monitor our surroundings when driving. In astudy comparing German-Italian bilinguals with Italian monolinguals on monitoring tasks, Mr. Costa and his colleagues found that the bilingual subjects not only performed better, but they also did so with less activity in parts of the brain involved in monitoring, indicating that they were more efficient at it.

　　The bilingual experience appears to influence the brainfrominfancy to old age (and there is reason to believe that it may also apply to those who learn a second language later in life).

　　26. According to the passage, the more recent and old views of bilingualism differ mainly in

　　A. its practical advantages B. its role in cognition

　　C. perceived language fluency D. its role in medicine

　　27. The fact that interference is now seen as a blessing in disguise means that

　　A. it has led to unexpectedly favourable results B. its potential benefits have remained undiscovered

　　C. its effects on cognitive development have been minimal

　　D. only a few researchers have realized its advantages

　　28. What is the role of Paragraph Four in relation to Paragraph Three?

　　A. It provides counter evidence to Paragraph Three.

　　B. It offers another example of the role of interference.

　　C. It serves as a transitional paragraph in the passage.

　　D. It further illustrates the point in Paragraph Three.

　　29. Which of the following can account for better performance of bilinguals in doing non-inhibition tasks?

　　A. An ability to monitor surroundings. B. An ability to ignore distractions.

　　C. An ability to perform with less effort. D. An ability to exercise suppression.

　　30. What is the main theme of the passage?

　　A. Features of bilinguals and monolinguals. B. Interference and suppression.

　　C. Bilinguals and monitoring tasks. D. Reasons why bilinguals are smarter.

　　PART III GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (10 MIN)

　　31. Which of the following is the French-speaking city in Canada?

　　A. Vancouver B. Ottawa C. Montreal D. Toronto

　　32. Which of the following are natives of New Zealand?

　　A. The Maoris B. The Aboriginals C. The Red Indians D. The Eskimos

　　33. The established or national church in England is

　　A. the Roman Catholic Church B. the United Reformed Church

　　C. the Anglican Church D. the Methodist Church

　　34. The 13 former British colonies in North America declared independencefromGreat Britain in

　　A. 1774 B. 1775 C. 1776 D. 1777

　　35. Grace under pressure is an outstanding virtue of ____ heroes.

　　A. Scott Fitzgeralds B. Ernest Hemingways C. Eugene ONeills D. William Faulkners

　　36. Widowers House was written by

　　A. William Butler Yeats B. George Bernard Shaw C. John Galsworthy D. T. S. Eliot

　　37. Who wrote The Canterbury Tales?

　　A. William Shakespeare B. William Blake C. Geoffrey Chaucer D. John Donne

　　38. Which of the following pairs of words are homophones?

　　A. wind (v.) / wind (n.) B. suspect suspect (n.)

　　C. convict (v.) / convict (n.) D. bare (adj.) (v.) / / bear (v.)

　　39. Which of the following sentences has the S+V+O structure?

　　A. He died a hero. B. I went to London. C. Mary enjoyed parties. D. She became angry.

　　40. Which of the following CAN NOT be used as an adverbial?

　　A. The lions share B. Heart and soul. C. Null and void. D. Hammer and tongs.

　　PART IV PROOFREADING & ERROR CORRECTION (15 MIN)

　　The passage contains TEN errors．Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In

　　each case, only ONE word is involved．You should proof-read the passage and correct it in the

　　following way：

　　For a wrong word， underline the wrong word and write the correct one in the blank

　　provided at theendof the line．

　　For a missing word． mark the position of the missing word with a "^" sign and write the

　　word you believe to be missing in the blank provided at theendof

　　the line．

　　For an unnecessary word， cross the unnecessary word with a slash”／”and put the word in the

　　blank provided at theendof the line．

　　EXAMPLE

　　When ^ art museum wants a new exhibit， (1) an

　　it never buys things in finished form and hangs (2) never

　　them on the wall．When a natural history museum

　　wants an exhibition, it must often build it． (3) exhibit

　　There is widespread consensus among scholars that second language acquisition (SLA) emerged as a distinct field of researchfromthe late 1950s to early 1960s.

　　There is a high level of agreement that the following questions (1) ______

　　have possessed the most attention of researchers in this area: (2) ______

　　Is it possible to acquire an additional language in the

　　same sense one acquires a first language? (3) ______

　　What is the explanation for the fact adults have (4) ______

　　more difficulty in acquiring additional languages than children have?

　　What motivates people to acquire additional language?

　　What is the role of the language teaching in the (5) ______

　　acquisition of additional languages?

　　What social-cultural factors, if any, are relevant in studying the

　　learning of additional languages?

　　From a check of the literature of the field it is clear that all (6) ______

　　the approaches adopted to study the phenomena of SLA so far have

　　one thingin common: The perspective adopted to view the acquiring

　　of an additional language is that of an individual attempts to do (7) ______

　　so. Whether one labels it learning or acquiring an additional

　　language, it is an individualaccomplishment or what is under (8) ______

　　focus is the cognitive, psychological, and institutional status of an

　　individual. That is, the spotlight is on what mental capabilities are

　　involving, what psychological factors play a role in the learning (9) ______

　　or acquisition, and whether the target language is learnt in the

　　classroom or acquired through social touch with native speakers. (10) ______

　　PART V TRANSLATION (60 MIN)

　　SECTION A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　当我在小学毕了业的时候，亲友一致的愿意我去学手艺，好帮助母亲。我晓得我应当去找饭吃，以减轻母亲的勤劳困苦。 可是，我也愿意升学。我偷偷地考入了师范学校---制服，饭食，书籍，宿处，都由学校供给。只有这样，我才敢对母亲提升学的话。入学，要交十元的保证金。这是一笔巨款！母亲作了半个月的难，把这巨款筹到，而后含泪把我送出门去。她不辞劳苦，只要儿子有出息。当我有师范毕业，而被派为小学校长，母亲与我都一夜不曾合眼。我只说了句：“以后，您可以歇一歇了！”她的回答只有一串串的眼泪。

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　The physical distance between speakers can indicate a number of things and can also be used to used to consciously sendmessages about intent. Closeness, for example, indicates intimacy or threat to many speakers whilst distance may denote formality or a lack of interest. Proximity is also both a matter of personal style and is often culture-bound so that what may seem normal to a speakerfromone culture may appear unnecessarily close or distant to a speakerfromanother. And standing close to someone may be quite appropriate in some situations such as an informal party,but completely out of place in others, such as meeting with a superior.

　　Posture can convey meaning too. Hunched shoulders and a hanging head give a powerful indication of mood. A lowered head when speaking to a superior (with or without eye contact) can convey the appropriate relationship in some cultures.

　　PART VI WRITING (45 MIN)

　　Nowadayssome companies have work-from-home or remote working policies, which means that their employees do not haveto commute to work every day. Some people think that this can save a lot of time travelling to andfromwork, thus raising employees productivity. However, others argue that in the workplace, peoplecan communicate face to face, which vastly increases the efficiency of coordination and cooperation. What is your opinion?

　　Write an essay of about 400 words on the following topic: My Views on WorkingfromHome.

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　1.physical

　　2.a demand

　　3.bllod pressure

　　4.Categories

　　5.a job

　　6.signals

　　7.a stress-free environment

　　8.results

　　9.accept situations

　　10.a reasonable speed

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　1-5 DDACC

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCAST

　　6-10 CBDAC

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION

　　11-15 ACBDA

　　16-20 BABAD

　　21-25 DADAD

　　26-30 CADBB

　　PART III GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

　　31-35 CADCC

　　36-40 BACDB

　　PART IV PROOF READING & ERROR CORRECTION (15 MIN)

　　1.is ∧→also

　　2.possessed→attracted

　　3.sense∧→as

　　4.fact∧→that

　　5.第二个the→t／he

　　6.check→review

　　7.attempts→attempting

　　8.or→and

　　9.involving→involved

　　10.touch→interaction

　　PART V TRANSLATION (60 MIN)

　　SECTION A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　After I graduatedfromprimary school, relatives and friends all suggested that I should drop out and learn a trade to help my mother. Although I knew that I ought to seek a livelihood to relieve mother of hard work and distress, I still aspired to go on with study. So I kept learning secretly. I had no courage to tell mother about the idea until admitted to a normal school which provided free uniforms, books, room and board. To enter the school, I had to pay ten Yuan as a deposit. This was a large sum of money for my family. However, after two weeks tough effort, mother managed to raise the money and sent me off to school in tears afterwards. She would spare no pains for her son to win a bright future. On the day when I was appointed the schoolmaster after graduation, mother and I spent a sleepless night. I said to her, "you can have a rest in the future." but she replied nothing, only with tears streaming down her face.

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　演说者与听众之间的实际距离通常来是用来传送演说内容的最佳途径但是同时可以表明很多问题。就拿距离的远近来说，近距离可以体现演说者和听众的一种亲密程度但同时对于演说者也是一种心灵上的震慑，相反，远距离会是一种较正式的提现但也可说是一种缺乏兴趣的.表现。大致距离不仅仅是一种个人风格的提现同时也和个人的文化背景息息相关，因此在一种文化中所体现的演说者与听众之间适宜的距离在另一种文化中可能会被界定成一种过分亲近亦或过分的疏远。再比如，如在非正规的宴会中，双方之间紧贴的距离是一种适宜的表现但是如若是和高层洽谈，这样的距离就显得适得其反了。不仅仅是距离，姿势也会透露很多细节。俯身前倾，头部前伸是一种正面情绪的提现。但当和尊者沟通还伴随着时不时的眼神交流时，谦卑的低头在一些文化背景中却也是一种合适的氛围。

　　PART VI WRITING

　　WorkingfromHome

　　Certain companies, especially some small-scale businesses, start to encourage their staff to workfromhome or use home as a working base for at least part of the week nowadays. Some offer some form of remote working support to their workforces, such as equipping them with laptops and installing broadband, and others pay for the telephone bills for these workers.

　　This work pattem is popular because its clear that there are a number of benefits forthese companies. First, it helps retain employees, especially highly- qualified working parents with childcare responsibilities. Second, it brings higher productivity because the employees have fewer interruptions andless commuting time. Last but not least, it offers savings on premises and other facilities.

　　However, there are some potential drawbacks. For one thing, there is difficulty of managing home workers and monitoring their performance, and difficulty of maintaining staff development and upgrading skills. For another, it may create a sense of isolation among home workers and it can be harder to maintain team spirit. Therefore, enterprises should weigh the pros and cons before permitting their employees to work at home.

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 6

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSION (35 MIN)

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening, take notes on the important points. Your notes will not be marked, but you will need themto complete a gap-filling task after the mini-lecture. When the lecture is over, you will be given two minutes to check your notes, and another ten minutesto complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE. Use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　Complete the gap-filling task. Some of the gaps below may require a maximum of THREE words. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically & semantically acceptable. You may refer to your notes.

　　Paralinguistic Features of Language

　　Inface-to-face communication speakers often alter their tomes of voice or change their physical postures in order to convey messages. These means are called paralinguistic features of language, which fall into two categories.

　　First category: vocal paralinguistic features

　　(1)__________: to express attitude or intention (1)__________

　　Examples

　　1. whispering: need for secrecy

　　2. breathiness: deep emotion

　　3. (2)_________: unimportance (2)__________

　　4. nasality: anxiety

　　5. extra lip-rounding: greater intimacy

　　Second category: physical paralinguistic features

　　facial expressions

　　(3)_______ (3)__________

　　----- smiling: signal of pleasure orwelcome

　　less common expressions

　　----- eye brow raising: surprise or interest

　　----- lip biting: (4)________ (4)_________

　　gesture

　　gestures are related to culture.

　　British culture

　　----- shrugging shoulders: (5) ________ (5)__________

　　----- scratching head: puzzlement

　　other cultures

　　----- placing hand upon heart:(6)_______ (6)__________

　　----- pointing at nose: secret

　　proximity, posture and echoing

　　proximity: physical distance between speakers

　　----- closeness: intimacy or threat

　　----- (7)_______: formality or absence of interest (7)_________

　　Proximity is person-, culture- and (8)________ -specific. (8)_________

　　posture

　　----- hunched shoulders or a hanging head: to indicate(9)_____ (9)________

　　----- direct level eye contact: to express an open or challenging attitude

　　echoing

　　----- definition: imitation of similar posture

　　----- (10)______: aidin communication (10)___________

　　----- conscious imitation: mockery

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the correct answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 1 to 5 are based on an interview. At theendof the interview you will be given 10 seconds to answer each of the following five questions.

　　Now listen to the interview.

　　1. According to Dr Johnson,diversitymeans

　　A. merging of different cultural identities.

　　B. more emphasis on homogeneity.

　　C. embracing of more ethnic differences.

　　D. acceptance of more branches of Christianity.

　　2. According to the interview, which of the following statements in CORRECT?

　　A. Some places are more diverse than others.

　　B. Towns are less diverse than large cities.

　　C. Diversity can be seen everywhere.

　　D. American is a truly diverse country.

　　3. According to Dr Johnson, which place will witness a radical change in its racial makeup by2025?

　　A. Maine

　　B. Selinsgrove

　　C. Philadelphia

　　D. California

　　4. During the interview Dr Johnson indicates that

　　A. greater racial diversity exists among younger populations.

　　B. both older and younger populations are racially diverse.

　　C. age diversity could lead to pension problems.

　　D. older populations are more racially diverse.

　　5. According to the interview, religious diversity

　　A. was most evident between 1990 and2000.

　　B. exists among Muslim immigrants.

　　C. is restricted to certain places in the US.

　　D. is spreading to more parts of the country.

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCAST

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the correct answer to each question on your coloured answer sheet.

　　Question 6 is based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 10 seconds to answer the question.

　　Now listen to the news.

　　6. What is the main idea of the news item?

　　A. Sony developeda computer chip for cell phones.

　　B. Japan will market its wallet phone abroad.

　　C. The wallet phone is one of the wireless innovations.

　　D. Reader devices are available at stores and stations.

　　Question 7 and 8 is based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions.

　　Now listen to the news.

　　7. Which of the following is mentioned as the government’s measure to control inflation?

　　A. Foreign investment.

　　B. Donor support.

　　C. Price control.

　　D. Bank prediction.

　　8. According to Kingdom Bank, what is the current inflation rate in Zimbabwe?

　　A. 20 million percent.

　　B. 2.2 million percent.

　　C. 11.2 million percent.

　　D. Over 11.2 million percent.

　　Question 9 and 10 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the question.

　　Now listen to the news.

　　9. Which of the following is CORRECT?

　　A. A big fire erupted on the Nile River.

　　B. Helicopters were used to evacuate people.

　　C. Five people were taken to hospital for burns.

　　D. A big fire took place on two floors.

　　10. The likely cause of the big fire is

　　A. electrical short-cut.

　　B. lack of fire-satefy measures.

　　C. terrorism.

　　D. not known.

　　PART IIREADING COMPREHENSION (30 MIN)

　　In this section there are four reading passages followed by a total of 20 multiple-choice questions. Read the passages and then mark your answers on your coloured answer sheet.

　　TEXT A

　　Still, the image of any city has a half-life of many years. (So doesits name, officially changed in2001fromCalcutta to Kolkata, which is closer to what the word sounds like in Bengali. Conversing in English, I never heard anyone call the city anything but Calcutta.) To Westerners, the conveyance most identified with Kolkata is not its modern subway—a facility whose spacious stations have art on the walls and cricket matches on television monitors—but the hand-pulled rickshaw. Stories and films celebrate a primitive-looking cart with high wooden wheels, pulled by someone who looks close to needing the succor of Mother Teresa. For years the government has been talking about eliminating hand-pulled rickshaws on what it calls humanitarian grounds—principally on the ground that, as the mayor of Kolkata has often said, it is offensive to see “one man sweating and straining to pull another man.” But these days politicians also lament the impact of 6,000 hand-pulled rickshaws on a modern city’s traffic and, particularly, on its image. “Westerners try to associate beggars and these rickshaws with the Calcutta landscape, but this is not what Calcutta stands for,” the chief minister of West Bengal, Buddhadeb Bhattacharjee, said in a press conference in2006. “Our city stands for prosperity and development.” The chief minister—the equivalent of a state governor—went on to announce that hand-pulled rickshaws soon would be bannedfromthe streets of Kolkata.

　　Rickshaws are not there to haul around tourists. (Actually, I saw almost no tourists in Kolkata, apartfromthe young backpackers on Sudder Street, in what used to be a red-light district and is now said to be the single place in the city where the services a rickshaw puller offers may include providingfemale company to a gentleman for the evening.) It’s the people in the lanes who most regularly use rickshaws—not the poor but people who are just a notch above the poor. They are people who tendto travel short distances, through lanes that are sometimes inaccessible to even the most daring taxi driver. An older woman with marketing to do, for instance, can arrive in a rickshaw, have the rickshaw puller wait untilshe comes backfromvarious stalls to load her purchases, and then be taken home. People in the lanes use rickshaws as a 24-hour ambulance service. Proprietors of cafés or corner stores sendrickshaws to collect their supplies. (One morning I saw a rickshaw puller take on a load of live chickens—tied in pairs by the feet so they could be draped over the shafts and the folded back canopy and even the axle. By the time he trotted off, he was carrying about a hundred upside-down chickens.) The rickshaw pullers told me their steadiest customers are schoolchildren. Middle-class families contract with a puller to take a child to school and pick him up; the puller essentiallybecomes a family retainer.

　　From June to September Kolkata can get torrential rains, and its drainage system doesn’t need torrential rain to begin backing up. Residents who favor a touch of hyperbole say that in Kolkata “if a stray cat pees, there’s a flood.” During my stay it once rained for about 48 hours. Entire neighborhoods couldn’t be reached by motorized vehicles, and the newspapers showed pictures of rickshaws being pulled through water that was up to the pullers’ waists. When it’s raining, the normal customer base for rickshaw pullers expands greatly, as does the price of a journey. A writer in Kolkata told me, “When it rains, even the governor takes rickshaws.”

　　While I was in Kolkata, a magazine called India Today published its annual ranking of Indian states, according to such measurements as prosperity and infrastructure. Among India’s 20 largest states, Bihar finished dead last, as it has for four of the past five years. Bihar, a couple hundred miles north of Kolkata, is where the vast majority of rickshawpullers comefrom. Once in Kolkata, they sleep on the street or in their rickshaws or in a dera—a combination garage and repair shop and dormitory managed by someone called a sardar. For sleeping privileges in a dera, pullers pay 100 rupees (about $2.50) a month, which sounds like a pretty good deal until you’vevisited a dera. They gross between 100 and 150 rupees a day, out of which they have to pay 20 rupees for the use of the rickshaw and an occasional 75 or more for a payoff if a policeman stops them for, say, crossing a street where rickshaws are prohibited. A2003study found that rickshaw pullers are near the bottom of Kolkata occupations inincome, doing better than only the ragpickers and the beggars. For someone without landor education, that still beats trying to make a living in Bihar.

　　There are people in Kolkata,particularly educated and politically aware people, who will not ride in a rickshaw, because they are offended by the idea of being pulled by another human being or because they consider it not the sort of thing people of their station do or because they regard the hand-pulled rickshaw as a relic of colonialism. Ironically, some of those people are not enthusiastic about banning rickshaws. The editor of the editorial pages of Kolkata’s Telegraph—Rudrangshu Mukherjee, a former academic who still writes history books—told me, for instance, that he sees humanitarian considerationsas coming down on the side of keeping hand-pulled rickshaws on the road. “I refuse to be carried by another human being myself,” he said, “but I question whether we have the right to take away their livelihood.” Rickshaw supporters point out that whenit comes to demeaning occupations, rickshaw pullers are hardly unique in Kolkata.

　　When I asked one rickshaw puller if he thought the government’s plan to rid the city of rickshaws was based on a genuine interest in his welfare, he smiled, with a quick shake of his head—a gesture I interpreted to mean, “If you are so naive as to ask such a question, I will answer it, but it is not worth wasting words on.” Some rickshaw pullers I met were resigned to the imminentendof their livelihood and pin their hopes on being offered something in its place. As migrant workers, they don’t have the political clout enjoyed by, say, Kolkata’s sidewalk hawkers, who, after supposedly being scaled back at the beginning of the modernization drive, still clog the sidewalks, selling absolutely everything—or, as I found during the 48 hours of rain, absolutely everything but umbrellas. “The government was the government of the poor people,” one sardar told me. “Now they shake hands with the capitalists and try to get rid of poor people.”

　　But others in Kolkata believe that rickshaws will simply be confined more strictly to certain neighborhoods, out of the view of World Bank traffic consultants and California investment delegations—or that they will be allowed to die out naturally as they’re supplanted by more modern conveyances. Buddhadeb Bhattacharjee, after all, is not the first high West Bengal official to say that rickshaws would be off the streets of Kolkata in a matter of months. Similar statements have been made as far back as 1976. The ban decreed by Bhattacharjee has been delayed by a court case and by a widely held belief that some retraining or social security settlement ought to be offered to rickshaw drivers. It may also have been delayed by a quiet reluctance to give up something that has been part of the fabric of the city for more than a century. Kolkata, a resident told me, “has difficulty letting go.” One day a city official handed me a reportfromthe municipal government laying out options for how rickshaw pullers might be rehabilitated.

　　“Which option has been chosen?” I asked, noting that the report was dated almost exactly a year before my visit.

　　“That hasn’t been decided,” he said.

　　“When will it be decided?”

　　“That hasn’t been decided,” he said.

　　11. According to the passage, rickshaws are used in Kolkata mainly for the following EXCEPT

　　A. taking foreign tourists around the city.

　　B. providing transport to school children.

　　C. carrying store supplies and purchases

　　D. carrying people over short distances.

　　12. Which of the following statements best describes the rickshaw pullersfromBihar?

　　A. They comefroma relatively poor area.

　　B. They are provided with decentaccommodation.

　　C. Their living standards are very low in Kolkata.

　　D. They are often caught by policemen in the streets.

　　13. That “For someone without landor education, that still beats trying to make a living in Bihar” (4 paragraph) means that even so,

　　A. the poor prefer to work and live in Bihar.

　　B. the poorfromBihar fare better than back home.

　　C. the poor never try to make a living in Bihar.

　　D. the poor never seem to resent their life in Kolkata.

　　14. We can inferfromthe passage thatsome educated and politically aware people

　　A. hold mixed feelings towards rickshaws.

　　B. strongly support the ban on rickshaws.

　　C. call for humanitarian actions fro rickshaw pullers.

　　D. keep quiet on the issue of banning rickshaws.

　　15. Which of the following statements conveys the author’s sense of humor?

　　A. “…not the poor but people who are just a notch above the poor.” (2 paragraph)

　　B. “…,.which sounds like a pretty good deal until you’vevisited a dera.” (4 paragraph)

　　C. Kolkata, a resident told me, “ has difficulty letting go.” (7 paragraph).

　　D.“…or, as I found during the 48 hours of rain, absolutely everything but umbrellas.” (6 paragraph)

　　16. The dialogue between the author and the city official at theendof the passage seems to suggest

　　A. the uncertainty of the court’s decision.

　　B. the inefficiency of the municipal government.

　　C. the difficulty of finding a good solution.

　　D. the slowness in processing options.

　　TEXT B

　　Depending on whom you believe, the average American will, over a lifetime, wait in lines for two years (says National Public Radio) or five years (according to customer-loyalty experts).

　　The crucial word is average, as wealthy Americans routinely avoid lines altogether. Once the most democratic of institutions, lines are rapidlybecoming the exclusive province of suckers(people who still believe in and practice waiting in lines). Poor suckers, mostly.

　　Airports resemble France before the Revolution: first-class passengers enjoy "élite" security lines and priority boarding, and disembark before the unwashed in coach, held at bay by a flight attendant, are allowed to foul the Jetway.

　　At amusement parks, too, you can now buy your way out of line. This summer I haplessly watched kids use a $52 Gold Flash Pass to jump the lines at Six Flags New England, and similar systems are in use in most major American theme parks,fromUniversal Orlando to Walt Disney World, where the haves get to watch the have-mores breeze past on their way to their seats.

　　Flash Pass teaches children a valuable lesson in real-world economics: that the rich are more important than you, especially whenit comes to waiting. An NBA player once said to me, with a bemused chuckle of disbelief, that when playing in Canada--get this--"we have to wait in the same customs line as everybody else."

　　Almost every line can be breached for a price. In several U.S. cities this summer, early arrivers among the early adopters waiting to buy iPhones offered to sell their spots in the lines. On Craigslist, prospective iPhone purchasers offered to pay "waiters" or "placeholders" to wait in line for them outside Apple stores.

　　Inevitably, some semi-populist politicians have seen the value of sort-of waiting in lines with the ordinary people. This summer Philadelphia mayor John Street waited outside an AT&T storefrom3:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. before a stand-infromhis office literally stood in for the mayor while he conducted official business. And billionaire New York mayor Michael Bloomberg often waits for the subway with his fellow citizens, though hes first driven by motorcade past the stop nearest his house to a station 22 blocks away, where the wait, or at least the ride, is shorter.

　　As early as elementary school, were told that jumping the line is an unethical act, which is why so many U.S. lawmakers have framed the immigration debate as a kind of fundamental sin of the school lunch line. Alabama Senator Richard Shelby, to cite just one legislator, said amnesty would allow illegal immigrants "to cut in line ahead of millions of people."

　　Nothing annoys a national lawmaker more than a person who will not wait in line, unless that line is in front of an elevator at the U.S. Capitol, where Senators and Representatives use private elevators, lest they have to queue with their constituents.

　　But compromising the integrity of the line is not just antidemocratic, its out-of-date. There was something about the orderly boarding of Noahs Ark, two by two, that seemed to restore not just civilization but civility during the Great Flood.

　　How civil was your last flight? Southwest Airlines hasfirst-come, first-served festival seating. But for $5 per flight, anunaffiliated company called BoardFirst.comwill secure you a coveted "A" boarding pass when that airline opensfor onlinecheck-in 24 hours before departure. Thus, the savvy traveler doesnt even wait in line when he or sheis online.

　　Some cultures are not renowned for lining up. Then again, some cultures are too adept at lining up: a citizen of the former Soviet Union would join a queue just so he could get to the head of that queue and see what everyone was queuing for.

　　And then there is the U.S., where society seems to be cleaving into two groups: Very Important Persons, who dont wait, and Very Impatient Persons, who do--unhappily.

　　For those of us in the latter group-- consigned to coach, bereft of Flash Pass, too poor or proper to pay a placeholder --what do we do? We do what Vladimir and Estragon did in Waiting for Godot: "We wait. We are bored."

　　17. What does the following sentence mean? “Once the most democratic of institutions, lines are rapidlybecoming the exclusive province of suckers…Poor suckers, mostly.” (2 paragraph)

　　A. Lines are symbolic of America’s democracy.

　　B. Lines still give Americans equal opportunities.

　　C. Lines are now for ordinary Americans only.

　　D. Lines are for people with democratic spirit only.

　　18. Which of the following is NOT cited as an example of breaching the line?

　　A. Going through the customs at a Canadian airport.

　　B. Using Gold Flash Passes in amusement parks.

　　C. First-class passenger status at airports.

　　D. Purchase of a place in a linefroma placeholder.

　　19. We can inferfromthe passage that politicians (including mayors and Congressmen)

　　A. prefer to stand in lines with ordinary people.

　　B. advocate the value of waiting in lines.

　　C. believe in and practice waiting in lines.

　　D. exploit waiting in lines for their own good.

　　20. What is the tone of the passage?

　　A. Instructive.

　　B. Humorous.

　　C. Serious.

　　D. Teasing.

　　TEXT C

　　A bus took him to the West End, where, among the crazy coloured fountains of illumination, shattering the blue dusk with green and crimson fire, he found the café of his choice, a tea-shop that had gone mad and turned. Bbylonian, a while palace with ten thousand lights. It towered above the other building like a citadel, which indeed it was, the outpost of a new age, perhaps a new civilization, perhaps a new barbarism; and behind the thin marble front were concrete and steel, just as behind the careless profusion of luxury were millions of pence, balanced to the last halfpenny. Somewhere in the background, hidden away, behind the ten thousand llights and acres of white napery and bewildering glittering rows of teapots, behind the thousand waitresses and cash-box girls and black-coated floor managers and temperamental long-haired violinists, behind the mounds of cauldrons of stewed steak, the vanloads of ices, were a few men who went to work juggling with fractions of a farming, who knew how many units of electricity it took to finish a steak-and-kidney pudding and how many minutes and seconds a waitress( five feet four in height and in average health) would need to carry a tray of given weightfromthe kitchen life to the table in the far corner. In short, there was a warm, sensuous, vulgar life flowering in the upper storeys, and a cold science working in the basement. Such as the gigantic tea-shop into which Turgis marched, in search not of mere refreshment but of all the enchantment of unfamiliar luxury. Perhaps he knew in his heart that men have conquered half the known world, looted whole kingdoms, and never arrived in such luxury. The place was built for him.

　　It was built for a great many other people too, and, as usual, they were al there. It seemed with humanity. The marble entrance hall, piled dizzily with bonbons and cakes, was as crowded and bustling as a railway station. The gloom and grime of the streets, the raw air, all November, were at once left behind, forgotten: the atmosphere inside was golden, tropical, belonging to some high mid-summer of confectionery. Disdaining the lifts, Turgis, once more excited by the sight, sound, and smell of it all, climbed the wide staircase until he reached his favourite floor, whre an orchestra, led by a young Jewish violinist with wandering lustrous eyes and a passion for tremolo effects, acted as amagnetto a thousand girls, scented air, the sensuous clamour of the strings; and, as he stood hesitating a moment, half dazed, there came, bowing, s sleek grave man, older than he was and far more distinguished than he could ever hope to be, who murmured deferentially: “ For one, sir? This way, please,” Shyly, yet proudly, Turgis followed him.

　　21. That “behind the thin marble front were concrete and steel” suggests that

　　A. modernrealistic commercialism existed behind the luxurious appearance.

　　B. there was a fundamental falseness in the style and the appeal of the café..

　　C. the architect had made a sensible blendof old and new building materials.

　　D. the café was based on physical foundations and real economic strength.

　　22. The following words or phrases are somewhat critical of the tea-shop EXCEPT

　　A. “…turned Babylonian”.

　　B. “perhaps a new barbarism’.

　　C. “acres of white napery”.

　　D. “balanced to the last halfpenny”.

　　23. In its context the statement that “ the place was built for him” means that the café was intended to

　　A. please simple people in a simple way.

　　B. exploit gullible people like him.

　　C. satisfy a demand that already existed.

　　D. provide relaxation for tired young men.

　　24. Which of the following statements about the second paragraph is NOT true?

　　A. The café appealed to most senses simultaneously.

　　B. The café was both full of people and full of warmth.

　　C. The inside of the café was contrasted with the weather outside.

　　D. It stressedthe commercial determination of the café owners.

　　25. The followingare comparisons made by the author in the second paragraph EXCEPT that

　　A. the entrance hallis compared to a railway station.

　　B. the orchestrais compared to amagnet.

　　C. Turgiswelcomed the lift like a conquering soldier.

　　D. the interior of the caféis compared to warm countries.

　　26. The author’s attitude to the café is

　　A. fundamentally critical.

　　B. slightly admiring.

　　C. quite undecided.

　　D. completely neutral.

　　TEXT D

　　I Now elsewhere in the world, Iceland may be spoken of, somewhat breathlessly, as western Europe’s last pristine wilderness. But the environmental awareness that is sweeping the world had bypassed the majority of Icelanders. Certainly they were connected to their land, the way oneis complicatedly connected to, or encumbered by, family one can’t do anything about. But the truth is, once you’re off the beat-en paths of the low-lying coastal areas where everyone lives, the roads are few, and they’re all bad, so Iceland’s natural wonders have been out of reach and unknown even to its own inhab-itants. For them the land has always just been there, something that had to be dealt with and, if possible, exploited—the mind-set being one of landas commodity rather than land as, well, priceless art on the scale of the “Mona Lisa.”

　　When the opportunity arose in2003for the nationalpower company to enter into a 40-year contract with the Americanaluminum company Alcoa to supply hydroelectric power for a new smelter, those who had been dreaming of some-thing like this for decades jumped at it and never looked back. Iceland may at the moment be one of the world’s richest countries, with a 99 percent literacy rate and long life expectancy. But the proj-ect’s advocates, some of them getting on in years, were more emotionally attuned to the country’s century upon century of want, hardship, and colonial servitude to Denmark, which officially hadended only in 1944 and whose psychological imprint remained relatively fresh. For the longest time, life here had meant little more than a sod hut, dark all winter, cold, no hope, children dying left and right, earthquakes, plagues, starvation, volcanoes erupting and destroying all vegeta-tion and livestock, all spirit—a world revolving almost entirely around the welfare of one’s sheep and, later, on how good the cod catch was. In the outlying regions, it still largely does.

　　Ostensibly, the Alcoa project was intended to save one of these dying regions—the remote and sparsely populated east—where the way of life had steadily declined to a point of desperation and gloom. After fishing quotas were imposed in the early 1980s to protect fish stocks, many indi-vidual boat owners sold their allotments or gave them away, fishing rightsended up mostly in the hands of afew companies, and small fishermen were virtually wiped out. Technological advances drained away even more jobs previously done by human hands, and the people were seeing every-thing they had worked for all their lives turn up worthless and their children move away. With the old way of life doomed, aluminum projects like this onehad come to be perceived, wisely or not, as a last chance. “Smelter or death.”

　　The contract with Alcoa would infuse the re-gion with foreign capital, an estimated 400 jobs, and spin-off service industries. It also was a way for Iceland to develop expertise that potentially could be sold to the rest of the world; diversify an economy historically dependent on fish; and, in an appealing display of Icelandic can-do verve, perhaps even protect all of Iceland, once and for all,fromthe unpredictability of life itself.

　　“We have to live,” Halldór sgrímsson said in his sad, sonorous voice. Halldór, a former prime minister and longtime member of parliamentfromthe region, was a driving force behind the project. “We have a right to live.”

　　27. According to the passage, most Icelanders view land as something of

　　A. environmental value.

　　B. commercial value.

　　C. potential value for tourism.

　　D. great value for livelihood.

　　28. What is Iceland’s old-aged advocates’ feeling towards the Alcoa project?

　　A. Iceland is wealthy enough to reject the project.

　　B. The project would lower life expectancy.

　　C. The project would cause environmental problems.

　　D. The project symbolizes andendto the colonial legacies.

　　29. The disappearance of the old way of life was due to all the following EXCEPT

　　A. fewerfishing companies.

　　B. fewer jobs available.

　　C. migration of young people.

　　D. impostion of fishing quotas.

　　30. The 4 paragraph in the passage

　　A. sums up the main points of the passage.

　　B. starts to discuss an entirely new point.

　　C. elaborates on the last part of the 3 paragraph.

　　D. continues to depict the bleak economic situation.

　　PART III GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (10 MIN)

　　There are ten multiple-choice questions in this section. Choose the best answer to each question. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　31. Which of the following statements in INCORRECT?

　　A. The British constitution includes the Magna Carta of 1215.

　　B. The British constitution includes Parliamentary acts.

　　C. The British constitution includes decisions made by courts of law.

　　D. The British constitution includes one single written constitution.

　　32. The first city ever founded in Canada is

　　A. Quebec.

　　B. Vancouver.

　　C. Toronto.

　　D. Montreal.

　　33. When did the Australian Federationofficially come into being?

　　A. 1770.

　　B. 1788.

　　C. 1900.

　　D. 1901.

　　34. TheEmancipation Proclamationtoendthe slavery plantation system in the South of the U.S. was issued by

　　A. Abraham Lincoln.

　　B. Thomas Paine.

　　C. George Washington.

　　D. Thomas Jefferson.

　　35. ________ is best known for the technique ofdramatic monologuein his poems..

　　A. Will Blake

　　B. W.B. Yeats

　　C. Robert Browning

　　D. William Wordsworth

　　36.The Financieris written by

　　A. Mark Twain.

　　B. Henry James.

　　C. William Faulkner.

　　D. Theodore Dreiser.

　　37. In literature a story in verse or prose with a double meaning is defined as

　　A. allegory.

　　B.sonnet.

　　C. blank verse.

　　D. rhyme.

　　38. ________ refers to the learning and development of a language.

　　A. Language acquisition

　　B. Language comprehension

　　C. Language production

　　D. Language instruction

　　39. The word “ Motel” comesfrom“motor + hotel”. This is an example of ________ in morphology.

　　A. backformation

　　B. conversion

　　C. blending

　　D. acronym

　　40. Language is t toolof communication. The symbol “ Highway Closed” on a highway serves

　　A. an expressive function.

　　B. an informative function.

　　C. a performative function.

　　D. a persuasive function.

　　Part IV Proofreading & Error Correction (15 min)

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proofread the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　For awrongword,underline the wrong word and write the correct one in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　For amissingword, mark the position of the missing word with a "∧" sign and write the word you believe to be missing in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　For aunnecessaryword,cross the unnecessary word with a slash "/" and put the word in the blank provided at theendof the line.

　　EXAMPLE

　　When ∧ art museum wants a new exhibit,

　　it buys things in finished form and hangs

　　them on the wall. When a natural history

　　museum wants anexhibition, it must often build it.

　　So far as we can tell, all human languages areequally complete and perfect as instrumentsof communication: that is, every language appears to be well equipped as any other to say the things their speakers want to say.

　　There may or may not be appropriate to talk about primitive peoples or cultures, but that is another matter. Certainly, not all groups of people areequally competent in nuclear physics or psychology or the cultivation of rice or the engraving of Benares brass. Whereas this is not the fault of their language. The Eskimos can speak about snow with a great deal more precision and subtlety than we can in English, but this is not because the Eskimo language (one of those sometimes miscalled primitive) is inherently more precise and subtle than English. This example doesnot come to light a defect in English, a show of unexpected primitiveness. The position is simply and obviously that the Eskimos and the English live in similar environments. The English language will be just as rich in terms for similar kinds of snow, presumably, if the environments in which English was habitually used made such distinction as important.

　　Similarly, we have no reason to doubt that the Eskimo language could be as precise and subtle on the subject of motor manufacture or cricket if these topics formed the part of the Eskimos life. For obvious historical reasons, Englishmen in thenineteenth century could not talk about motorcars with the minute discrimination which is possible today: cars were not a part of their culture. But they had a host of terms for horse-drawn vehicles which sendus, puzzled, to a historical dictionary when we are reading Scott or Dickens. How many of us could distinguish between a chaise, a landau, a victoria, a brougham, a coupe, a gig, a diligence, a whisky, a calash, a tilbury, a carriole, a phaeton, and a clarence ?

　　PART VTRANSLATION (60 MIN)

　　SECTION A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　Translate the underlined part of the following text into English. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　朋友关系的存续是以相互尊重为前提的, 容不得半点强求、干涉和控制。朋友之间, 情趣相投、脾气对味则合、则交; 反之, 则离、则绝。朋友之间再熟悉,再亲密,也不能随便过头，不恭不敬。不然，默契和平衡将被打破,友好关系将不复存在。每个人都希望拥有自己的私密空间，朋友之间过于随便，就容易侵入这片禁区，从而引起冲突，造成隔阂。待友不敬，或许只是一件小事，却可能已埋下了破坏性的种子。维持朋友亲密关系的最好办法是往来有节，互不干涉。

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　Translate the following text into Chinese. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　I thought that it was a Sunday morning in May; that it was Easter Sunday, and as yet very early in the morning. I was standing at the door of my own cottage. Right before me lay the very scene which could reallybe commandedfromthat situation, but exalted, as was usual, and solemnized by the power of dreams. There were the same mountains, and the same lovely valley at their feet; but the mountains were raised to more than Alpine height, and there was interspace far larger between them of meadows and forest lawns; the hedges were rich with white roses; and no living creature was to be seen except that in the green churchyard there were cattle tranquilly reposing upon the graves, and particularly round about the grave of a child whom I had once tenderly loved, just as I had really seen them, a little before sunrise in the same summer, when that child died. 我想那是五月的一个周日的早晨；那天是复活节，一个大清早上。我站在自家小屋的门口。就在我的面前展现出了那么一番景色，从我那个位置其实能够尽收眼底，可是梦里的感觉往往如此，由于梦幻的力量，这番景象显得超凡出尘，一派肃穆气象。群山形状相同，其山脚下都有着同样可爱的山谷；不过群山挺然参天，高于阿尔卑斯峰，诸山相距空旷，丰草如茵，林地开阔，错落其间；树篱上的白玫瑰娟娟弥望；远近看不见任何生物，唯有苍翠的教堂庭院里，牛群静静地卧躺在那片郁郁葱葱的墓地歇息，好几头围绕着一个小孩的坟墓。我曾对她一腔柔情，那年夏天是在旭日东升的前一刻，那孩子死去了，我如同当年那样望着牛群。

　　PART VI WRITING (45 MIN)

　　Recently newspapers have reported that officials in a little-known mountainous area near Guiyang, Guizhou Province wanted to turn the area into a “central business district” for Guiyang and invited a foreigndesign company to give it a n entirely new look. Thedesign company came up with a blueprint for unconventional, super-futuristic buildings. Tis triggered off different responses. Some appreciated the bold innovation of the design, but others held that it failed to reflect regional characteristics or local cultural heritage. What is your view on this? Write an essay of about 400 words. You should supply an appropriate title for your essay.

　　In the first part of your writing you should state clearly your main argument, and in the second part you should support your argument with appropriate details. In the last part you should bring what you have written to a natural conclusion or make a summary.

　　Marks will be awarded for content, organization, grammar and appropriateness. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your essay on ANSWER SHEET FOUR.

　　参考答案

　　1 tones of voice 2 huskiness 3 universal signal; 4 thought or uncertainty 5 indifference 6 honesty 7 distance; 8 situation; 9 mood; 10 unconsciously same posture

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　1. C2. A3. D4. A5. C

　　6. B7.C 8. D9. D 10. A

　　PART IIREADING COMPREHENSION

　　11.A 12.C 13.B 14.A 15.D

　　16.C 17.C18.A 19.D 20.B

　　21. A22.B23. B 24.B 25. C

　　26.A27.D 28.D 29.A30.C

　　31-35 DAAAC

　　36-40 DAACB

　　Part IV Proofreading & Error Correction

　　1 be后插入as; 2 their改为its; 3 There改为It; 4 Whereas改为But 5 further 改为much

　　6 come改为bring; 7 similar改为different; 8 will改为would; 9 as important去掉as; 10 the part去掉the

　　SECTION A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　Friends tendtobecome more intimated if they have the same interests and temper, they can get along well and keep contacting; otherwise they will separate andendthe relationship. Friends who are more familiar and closer can not be too casual and show no respect. Otherwise the harmony and balance will be broken, and the friendship will also be nonexistent any more. Everyone hopes to have his own private space, and if too casual among friends, it is easy to invade this piece of restricted areas, which will lead to the conflict, resulting in alienation. It may be a small matter to be rude to friends; however, it is likely to plant the devastating seeds. The best way to keep the close relationship between friends is to keep contacts with restraint, and do not bother each other.

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　我想那是五月的一个周日的'早晨；那天是复活节，一个大清早上。我站在自家小屋的门口。就在我的面前展现出了那么一番景色，从我那个位置其实能够尽收眼底，可是梦里的感觉往往如此，由于梦幻的力量，这番景象显得超凡出尘，一派肃穆气象。群山形状相同，其山脚下都有着同样可爱的山谷；不过群山挺然参天，高于阿尔卑斯峰，诸山相距空旷，丰草如茵，林地开阔，错落其间；树篱上的白玫瑰娟娟弥望；远近看不见任何生物，唯有苍翠的教堂庭院里，牛群静静地卧躺在那片郁郁葱葱的墓地歇息，好几头围绕着一个小孩的坟墓。我曾对她一腔柔情，那年夏天是在旭日东升的前一刻，那孩子死去了，我如同当年那样望着牛群。

　　PART VI WRITING

　　The important role of a city’s local conditions in the urban design

　　Recently there is a hot debate on a report that a foreigndesign company invited by a little-known mountainous area in Guiyang provided a design without paying too much attention to the city’s unique characteristics. Some people appreciate the bold innovation of the design but others do not like it. In my opinion, any urban design should take the city’s original cultural heritage into account. The designers should suit their design to local conditions and try to take advantage of the local resources.

　　First, a city’s regional characteristics or local cultural heritage are its symbol, its identity. In a mountainous area, too many unconventional, super-futuristic buildings will notbe compatible with the city’s landscapes. Without these landscapes, it is just another so called moderncity composed of concrete and steel. Take Beijing for example. In the past few years, Beijing has been removing a large number of such alleys traditionally called hutong, in order to make itbecome a real international city. But without these hutongs can this city still be called Beijing, an ancient capital? The disappearance of hutongs means the disappearance of a period of history, a cordial lifestyle, and even the disappearance of Beijing itself. Then Beijing will lose its uniqueness.

　　Second, it can help a city save a lot of money by suiting the design to local conditions and try to take advantage of the local resources. This is especially important to small cities, like this one in a mountainous area near Guiyang. We all know Guiyang is a developing city, not very rich. Unconventional, super-futuristic buildings mean large need of money input. Then more burdens may be added to this city, which will run counter to the city’s original purpose of developing itself. Instead, if connections between a city’s culture and the various urban sectors, including housing, infrastructure and governance, are well made, the maximum economic benefits will be achieved.

　　Besides, the modernization should be a gradual process. More haste, less speed. Nonetheless, it should not be overlooked that theshortcomings of futuristic-style constructing outweigh its advantages brought.

　　In conclusion, any urban design should take the city’s original cultural heritage into account. The designers should suit their design to local conditions and try to take advantage of the local resources. A scientific city design should be dependent on the city’s regional characteristics, on a case-by-case basis.

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 7

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREttENSION (35 MIN)

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the lecture ONCE ONLY While listening, take notes on the important points. Your notes will not be marked, but you will need themto complete a gap-filling task after the mini-lecture. When the lecture is over, you will be given two minutes to check your notes, and another ten minutesto complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE, using no more than three words in each gap. Make sure the word(s) you fill in is (are) both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may refer to your noteswhile completing the task. Use the blank sheet for note-taking. Now, listen to the mini-lecture. 　　 Observation Behaviour

　　People do observation in daily life context for safety or for proper behaviour. However, there are differences in daily life observation and research observation.

　　A. Differences

　　---- daily life observation

　　--casual

　　--(1) ________

　　--defendence on memory

　　---- research observation

　　-- (2) _________

　　-- careful record keeping

　　B. Ways to select samples in research

　　---- time sampling

　　-- systematic: e.g. fixed intervals every hour

　　-- random: fixed intervals but (3) _______

　　Systematic sampling and random sampling are often usedin combination.

　　---- (4) _______

　　-- definition: selection of different locations

　　-- reason: humans’ or animals’ behaviour (5) ______ across circumstances

　　-- (6) ______: more objective observations

　　C. Ways to record behaviour (7) _______

　　---- observation with intervention

　　-- participant observation: researcher as observer and participant

　　-- field experiment: research (8) ______ over conditions

　　---- observation without intervention

　　-- purpose: describing behaviour (9) ______

　　-- (10) ______ : no intervention

　　-- researcher: a passive recorder

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　Questions 1 to 5 are based on an interview. At theendof the interview you will be given 10 seconds to answer each of the foliowing five questions. Now listen to the interview.

　　1. Which of the following statements about creativity is INCORRECT?

　　A. Creativity stemsfromhuman beings novel thinking.

　　B. The duration of the creative process variesfromperson to person.

　　C. Creative people focus on novel thinking rather than on solutions.

　　D. Theoutcome of humancreativity comes in varied forms.

　　2. The interviewee cites the Bach family to show that creativity

　　A. appears to be the result of the environment.

　　B. seems to be attributable togenetic makeup.

　　C. appears to be more associated with great people.

　　D. comesfromboth environment andgenetic makeup.

　　3. How many types of the creative process does the interviewee describe?

　　A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.

　　4. Which of the following features of a creative personality is NOT mentioned in the interview?

　　A. Unconventional. B. Original.

　　C. Resolute. D. Critical.

　　5. The interviewees suggestion for a creativity workout supports the view that

　　A. brain exercising will not make people creative.

　　B. most people have diversified interests and hobbies.

　　C. the environment is significant in the creative process.

　　D. creativity can only be found in great people.

　　SECTION C NEWS BROADCAST

　　In this section you will hear everything ONCE ONLY. Listen carefully and then answer the questions that follow. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO. Question 6 is based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 10 seconds to answer the question. Now listen to the news.

　　6. What is the news item mainly about?

　　A. U.S. astronauts made three space walks.

　　B. An international space station was set up.

　　C. A problem in the cooling system was solved.

　　D. A 350-kilogram ammonia pump was removed.

　　Questions 7 and 8 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions. Now listen to the news.

　　7. In which country would parents often threaten to punish children by leaving them outside?

　　A. India. B. The Philippines.

　　C. Egypt. D. Not mentioned.

　　8. What is the main purpose of the study?

　　A. To reveal cultural differences and similarities.

　　B. To expose cases of child abuse and punishment.

　　C. To analyze child behaviour across countries.

　　D. To investigate ways of physical punishment.

　　Questions 9 and 10 are based on the following news. At theendof the news item, you will be given 20 seconds to answer the questions. Now listen to the news.

　　9. According to the news item, Japans economic growth in the second quarter was ____ less than the first quarter.

　　A. 0.6 percent B. 3.4 percent

　　C. 4 percent D. 3 percent

　　10. How many reasons does the news item cite for Japans slow economic growth?

　　A. 2. B. 3. C. 4. D. 5.

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION (30 MIN)

　　In this section there are four reading passages followed by a total of 20 multiple-choice questions. Read the passages and then mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　TEXT A

　　I used to look at my closet and see clothes. These days, whenever I cast my eyes upon the stacks of shoes and hangers of shirts, sweaters and jackets, I see water.

　　It takes 569 gallons to manufacture a T-shirt,fromits start in the cotton fields to its appearance on store shelves. A pair of running shoes? 1,247 gallons.

　　Until last fall, Id been oblivious to my "water footprint", which is defined as the total volume of freshwater that is used to produce goods and services, according to the Water Footprint Network. The Dutch nonprofit has been working to raise awareness of freshwater scarcity since2008, but it was through the "Green Blue Book" by Thomas M. Kostigen that I was able to see how my own actions factored in.

　　Ive installed gray-water systems to reuse the wastewaterfrommy laundry, machine and bathtub and reroute it to my landscape - systems that save, on average, 50 gallons of water per day. Ive set up rain barrels and infiltration pits to collect thousands of gallons of storm water cascadingfrommy roof. Ive even entered the last bastion of greendom -installinga composting toilet.

　　Suffice to say, Ive been feeling pretty satisfied with myself for all the drinking water Ive saved with these big-ticket projects.

　　Now I realize that my daily consumption choices could have an even larger effect –not only on the local water supply but also globally: 1.1 billion people have no access to freshwater, and, in the future, those who do have access will have less of it.

　　To see how much virtual water 1 was using, I logged on to the "Green Blue Book"websiteand used its water footprint calculator, entering my daily consumption habits. Tallying up the water footprint of my breakfast, lunch, dinner and snacks, as well as my daily dose of over-the-counter uppers and downers - coffee, wine and beer- Im using 512 gallons of virtual water each day just to feed myself.

　　In a word: alarming.

　　Even more alarming was how much hidden water I was using to get dressed. Im hardly a clotheshorse, but the few new items I buy once again trumped the amount of water flowingfrommy faucets each day. If Im serious about saving water, I realized I could make some simple lifestyle shifts. Looking more closely at the areas in my life that use the most virtual water, it was food and clothes, specifically meat, coffee and, oddly, blue jeans and leather jackets.

　　Being a motorcyclist, I own an unusually large amount of leather - boots and jackets in particular. All of it is enormously water intensive. It takes 7,996 gallons to make a leather.jacket, leather being a byproduct of beef. It takes 2,866 gallons of water to make a single pair of blue jeans, because theyre madefromwater-hogging cotton.

　　Crunching the numbers for the amount of clothes I buy every year, it looks a lot like my friends swimming pool. My entire closet is borderline Olympic.Gulp.

　　My late resolution is to buy some items used. Underwear and socks are, of course, exemptfromthis strategy, but 1 have no problem shopping less and also shopping at Goodwill. In fact, Id been doing that for the past year to save money. My clothes outrageous water footprint just reintbrced it for me.

　　More conscious living and substitution, rather than sacrifice, are the prevailing ideas with the water footprint. Its one Im trying, and thats had an unusual upside. I had a hamburger recently, and I enjoyed it a lot more since it is now an occasional treat rather than a weekly habit.(One gallon =3.8 litres)

　　11. According to the passage, the Water Footprint Network

　　A. made the author aware of freshwater shortage.

　　B. helped the author get to know the Green Blue Book.

　　C. worked for freshwater conservation for nonprofit purposes.

　　D. collaborated with the Green Blue Book in freshwater conservation.

　　12. Which of the following reasons can best explain the authors feeling of self-satisfaction?

　　A. He made contribution to drinking water conservation in his own way.

　　B. Money spent on upgrading his household facilities was worthwhile.

　　C. His house was equipped with advanced water-saving facilities.

　　D. He could have made even greater contribution by changing his lifestyle.

　　13. According to the context, "...how mv own actions factored in" means

　　A. how I could contribute to water conservation.

　　B. what efforts I should make to save fresh water.

　　C. what behaviour could be counted as freshwater-saving.

　　D. how much of what I did contributed to freshwater shortage.

　　14. According to the passage, the author was more alarmed by the fact that

　　A. he was having more meat and coffee.

　　B. his clothes used even more virtual water.

　　C. globally there will be less fresh water.

　　D. his lifestyle was too extravagant.

　　15. "My entire closet is borderline Olympic" is an example of

　　A. exaggeration. B. analogy.

　　C. understatement. D. euphemism.

　　16. What is the tone of the author in the last paragraph?

　　A. Sarcastic. B. Ironic. C. Critical. D. Humorous.

　　TEXT B

　　In her novel of "Reunion, American Style", Rona Jaffe suggests that a class reunion "is more than a sentimental journey. It is also a way of answering the question that lies at the back of nearly all our minds. Did they do better than I?"

　　Jaffes observation may be misplaced butnot completely lost. According to a study conducted by social psychologist Jack Sparacino, the overwhelming majority who attendreunions arent there invidiouslyto compare their recentaccomplishments with those of their former classmates. Instead, they hope, primarily, to relive their earlier successes.

　　Certainly, a few return to show their former classmates how well they have done; others enjoy observing the changes that have occurred in their classmates (not always in themselves, of course). But the majority who attendtheir class reunions do so to relive the good times they remember having when they were younger. In his study, Sparacino found that, as high school students, attendees had been more popular, more often regarded as attractive, and more involved in extracurricular activities than those classmates who chose not to attend. For those who turned up at their reunions, then, the old times were also the good times!

　　It would appear that Americans have a special fondness for reunions, judging by their prevalence. Major league baseball players, fraternity members, veterans groups, high school and college graduates, and former Boy Scouts all hold reunions on a regular basis. In addition, family reunions frequently attract blood relativesfromfaraway places who spendconsiderable money and time to reunite.

　　Actually, in their affection for reuniting with friends, family or colleagues, Americans are probably no differentfromany other people, except that Americans have created a mind-boggling number and variety of institutionalized forms of gatherings to facilitate the satisfaction of this desire. Indeed, reunions have increasinglybecome formal events thatare organized on a regular basis and, in the process, they have alsobecome big business.

　　Shell Norris of Class Reunion, Inc., says that Chicago alone has 1,500 high school reunions each year. A conservative estimate on the national level would be 10,000 annually. At one time, all high school reunionswere organized by volunteers, usually female homemakers. In the last few years, however, as more and more women have entered the labour force, alumni reunions are increasingly being planned byspecialized companies rather than by part-time volunteers.

　　The first college reunion was held by the alumni of Yale University in 1792. Graduates of Pennsylvania, Princeton, Stanford, and Brown followed suit. And by theendof the 19th century,

　　most 4-year institutions were holding alumni reunions.

　　The variety of college reunions is impressive. At Princeton, alumni parade through the town wearing their class uniforms and singing their alma mater. At Marietta College, they gather for a dinner-dance on a steamship cruising the Ohio River.

　　Clearly, the thought of cruising on a steamship or marching through the streets is usually not, by itself, sufficient reason for large numbers of alumni to return to campus. Alumni who decide to attendtheir reunions sharea common identity based on the years they spent together as undergraduates. For this reason, universities that somehow establisha common bond – for example, because they are relatively small or especially prestigious - tendto draw substantial numbers of their alumni to reunions. In an effort to enhancethis common identity, larger colleges and universities frequently build their class reunions on participation in smaller units, such as departments or schools. Or they encourage "affinity reunions" for groups of former cheerleaders, editors, fraternity members, musicians, members ofmilitary organizations on campus, and the like.

　　Of course, not every alumnus is fond of his or her alma mater. Students who graduated during the late 1960s may be especially reluctant to get involved in alumni events. They were part of the generation that conducted sit-ins and teach-ins directed at university administrators, protested military recruitment on campus and marched against "establishment politics." If this generation hasa common identity, it may fall outside of their university ties - or even be hostile to them. Even as they enter their middle years, alumni who continue to hold unpleasant memories of college during this period may not wish to attendclass reunions.

　　17. According to the passage, Sparacinos study

　　A. provided strong evidence for Jaffes statement.

　　B. showed that attendees tended to excel in high school study.

　　C. found that interest in reunions was linked with school experience.

　　D. found evidence for attendees intense desire for showing off success.

　　18. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a distinct feature of U.S. class reunions?

　　A. U.S. class reunions are usually occasions to show off ones recent success.

　　B. Reunions are regular and formalevents organized by professional agencies.

　　C. Class reunions havebecome a profitable business.

　　D. Class reunions have brought about a variety of activities.

　　19. What mainly attracts many people to return to campus for reunion?

　　A. The variety of activities for class reunion.

　　B. The special status their university enjoys.

　　C. Shared experience beyond the campus.

　　D. Shared undergraduate experience on campus.

　　20. The rhetorical function of the first paragraph is to

　　A. introduce Rona Jeffes novel.

　　B. present the authors counterargument.

　　C. serve as prelude to the authors argument.

　　D. bring into focus contrasting opinions.

　　21. What is the passage mainly about?

　　A. Reasons for popularity and (non)attendance for alumni reunions.

　　B. A historical perspective for alumni reunions in the United States.

　　C. Alumni reunions and American university traditions.

　　D. Alumni reunion and its social and economic implications.

　　TEXT C

　　One time while on his walk George met Mr. Cattanzara coming home very latefromwork. He wondered if he was drunk but then could tell he wasnt. Mr. Cattanzara, a stocky, bald-headed man who worked in a change booth on an IRT station, lived on the next block after Georges, above a shoe repair store. Nights, during the hot weather, he sat on his stoop in an undershirt, reading the New York Times in the light of the shoemakers window. He read itfromthe first page to the last, then went up to sleep. And all the time he was reading the paper, his wife, a fat woman with a white face, leaned out of the window, gazing into the street, her thick white arms folded under her loose breast, on the window ledge.

　　Once in a while Mr. Cattanzara came home drunk, but it was a quiet drunk. He never made any trouble, only walked stiffly up the street and slowly climbed the stairs into the hall. Though drunk he looked the same as always, except for his tight walk, the quietness, and that his eyes were wet. George liked Mr. Cattanzara because he remembered him giving him nickels to buy lemon ice with when he was a squirt. Mr. Cattanzara was a different type than those in the neighbourhood. He asked different questions than the others when he met you, and he seemed to know what went on in all the newspapers. He read them, as his fat sick wife watchedfromthe window.

　　"What are you doing with yourself this summer, George?" Mr. Cattanzara asked. "l see you walkin around at night."

　　George felt embarrassed. "I like to walk."

　　"What are you doin in the day now?"

　　"Nothing much just now. Im waiting for a job." Since it shamed him to admit that he wasnt working, George said, "Im reading a lot to pick upmy education."

　　"What are you readin?"

　　George hesitated, then said, "I got a list of books in the library once and now Im gonna read them this summer." He felt strange and a little unhappy saying this, but he wanted Mr. Cattanzara to respect him.

　　"How many books are there on it?"

　　"I never counted them. Maybe around a hundred."

　　Mr. Cattanzara whistled through his teeth.

　　"I figure if l did that," George went on earnestly, "it would help me inmy education. 1 dont mean the kind they give you in high school. I want to know different things than they learn there, if you know what I mean."

　　The change maker nodded. "Still and all, one hundred books is a pretty big load for one

　　summer."

　　"It might take longer."

　　"After youre finished with some, maybe you and I can shoot the breeze about them?" said Mr. Cattanzara.

　　"When Im finished," George answered.

　　Mr. Cattanzara went home and George continued on his walk. After that, though he had the urge to, George did nothing differentfromusual. He still took his walks at night,ending up in the little park. But one evening the shoemaker on the next block stopped George to say he was a good boy, and George figured that Mr. Cattanzara had told him all about the books he was reading. From the shoemaker it must have gone down the street, because George saw a couple of people smiling kindly at him, though nobody spoke to him personally. He felt a little better around the neighbourhood and liked it more, though not so much he would want to live in it forever. He had never exactly disliked the people in it, yet he had never liked them very much either. It was the fault of the neighbourhood. To his surprise, George found out that his father and his sister Sophie knew about his reading too. His father was too shy to say anything about it - he was never much of a talker in his whole life -- but Sophie was softer to George, and she showed him in other ways she was proud of him.

　　22. In the excerpt, Mr. Cattanzara was described as a man who

　　A. was fond of drinking. B. showed a wide interest.

　　C. often worked overtime. D. liked to gossip after work.

　　23. It can be inferredfromthe passage that

　　A. Mr. Cattanzara was surprised at Georges reading plan.

　　B. Mr. Cannazara was doubtful about George throughout.

　　C. George was forced to tell a lie and then regretted.

　　D. George lied at the beginning and then became serious.

　　24. After the street conversation with Mr. Cattanzara, George

　　A. remained the same as usual.

　　B. became more friendly with Mr. Cattanzara.

　　C. began to like his neighbours more than ever.

　　D. continued to read the booksfromthe list.

　　25. We can tellfromthe excerpt that George

　　A. had a neither close nor distant relationship with his father.

　　B. was dissatisfied with his life and surroundings.

　　C. found that his sister remained skeptical about him.

　　D. found his neighbours liked to poke their nose into him.

　　TEXT D

　　Abraham Lincoln turns 200 this year, and hes beginning to show his age. When his birthday arrives, on February 12, Congress will hold a special joint session in the Capitols National Statuary Hall, a wreath will be laid at the great memorial in Washington, and a webcast will link school classrooms for a "teach-in" honouring his memory.

　　Admirable as they are, though, the events will strike many of us Lincoln fans as inadequate, even halfhearted -- and another sign that our appreciation for the 16th president and his towering achievements is slipping away. And you dont have to be a Lincoln enthusiast to believe that this is something we cant afford to lose.

　　Compare this years celebration with the Lincoln centennial, in 1909. That year, Lincolns likeness made its debut on the penny, thanks to approvalfromthe U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. Communities and civic associations inevery comer of the country erupted in parades, concerts, balls, lectures, and military displays. We still feel the effects today: The momentum unloosed in 1909 led to the Lincoln Memorial, opened in 1922, and the Lincoln Highway, the first paved transcontinental thoroughfare.

　　The celebrants in 1909 had a few inspirations we lack today. Lincolns presidency was still a living memory for countless Americans. In2009we are farther in timefromtheendof the Second World War than they werefromthe Civil War; families still felt the loss of loved onesfromthat awful national trauma.

　　But Americans in 1909 had something more: an unembarrassed appreciation for heroes and an acute sense of the way that even long-dead historical figures press in on the present and make us who we are.

　　One story will illustrate what lm talking about.

　　In2003a group of local citizens arranged to place a statue of Lincoln in Richmond, Virginia, former capital of the Confederacy. The idea touched off a firestorm of controversy. The Sons of Confederate Veterans held a public conference of carefully selected scholars to "reassess" the legacy of Lincoln. The verdict - no surprise - was negative: Lincoln was labeled everythingfroma racist totalitarian to a teller of dirty jokes.

　　I covered the conference as a reporter, but what really unnerved me was a counter-conference of scholars to refute the earlier one. These scholars drew a picture of Lincoln that only our touchy-feely age could conjure up. The man who oversaw the most savage war in our history was described - by his admirers, remember - as "nonjudgmental," "unmoralistic," "comfortable with ambiguity."

　　I felt the way a friendof mine felt as we later watched the unveiling of the Richmond statue in a subdued ceremony: "But hes so small!"

　　The statue in Richmond was indeed small; like nearly every Lincoln statue put up in the past half century, it was life-size and was placed at ground level, a conscious rejection of the heroic - approachable and human, yes, but not something to look up to.

　　The Richmond episode taught me that Americans have lost the language to explain Lincolns greatness even to ourselves. Earlier generations said they wanted their children to be like Lincoln: principled, kind, compassionate, resolute. Today we want Lincoln to be like us.

　　This helps to explain the long string of recent books in which writers have presented a Lincoln made after their own image. Weve had Lincoln as humorist and Lincoln as manic-depressive, Lincoln the business sage, the conservative Lincoln and the liberal Lincoln, the emancipator and the racist, the stoic philosopher, the Christian, the atheist - Lincoln over easy and Lincoln scrambled.

　　Whats often missing,,though, i, s the timeless Lincoln, the Lincoln whom all generations, our own no less than that of 1909, can lay claim to. Lucky for us, those memorializersfroma century ago - and, through them, Lincoln himself- have left us a hin, t of where to find him. The Lincoln Memorial is the mos, , tvisited of our presidential monuments. Here is where we find the Lincoln whoendures: in the words he left us, defining the country weve inherited. Here is the Lincoln who can beendlessly renewed and who, 200 years after his birth, retains the power to renew us.

　　26. The author thinks that this years celebration is inadequate and even halfhearted because

　　A. no Lincoln statue will be unveiled.

　　B. no memorial coins will be issued.

　　C. no similar appreciation of Lincoln will be seen.

　　D. no activities canbe compared to those in 1909.

　　27. According to the passage, what really makes the 1909 celebrations differentfromthis years?

　　A. Respect for great people and their influence.

　　B. Variety and magnitude of celebration activities.

　　C. Structures constructed in memory of Lincoln.

　　D. Temporal proximity to Lincolns presidency.

　　28. In the authors opinion, the counter-conference

　　A. rectified the judgment by those carefully selected scholars.

　　B. offered a brand new reassessment perspective.

　　C. came up with somewhat favourable conclusions.

　　D. resulted in similar disparaging remarks on Lincoln.

　　29. According to the author, the image of Lincoln conceived by contemporary people

　　A. conforms to traditional images.

　　B. reflects the present-day tendency of worship.

　　C. shows the present-day desire to emulate Lincoln.

　　D. reveals the variety of current opinions on heroes.

　　30. Which of the following best explains the implication of the last paragraph?

　　A. Lincolns greatness remains despite the passage of time.

　　B. The memorial is symbolic of the great mans achievements.

　　C. Each generation has it own interpretation of Lincoln.

　　D. People get to know Lincoln through memorializers.

　　PART III GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (10 MIN)

　　There are ten multiple-choice questions in this section. Mark the best answer to each question on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　31. The Maori people are natives of

　　A. Australia. B. Canada. C. Ireland. D. New Zealand.

　　32. The British monarch is the Head of

　　A. Parliament. B. State. C. Government. D. Cabinet.

　　33. Americans celebrate Independence Day on

　　A. July 4th. B. October 11th. C. May 31st. D. September 6th.

　　34. Canada is bounded on the north by

　　A. the Pacific Ocean. B. the Atlantic Ocean.

　　C. the Arctic Ocean. D. the Great Lakes.

　　35. Who is the author of The Waste Lana?

　　A. George Bernard Shaw. B. W.B. Yeats.

　　C. Dylan Thomas. D. T.S. Eliot.

　　36. Which of the following novelists wrote The Sound and the Fury?

　　A. William Faulkner. B. Ernest Hemingway.

　　C. Scott Fitzgerald. D. John Steinbeck.

　　37. "The lettuce was lonely without tomatoes and cucumbersfor company" is an example of

　　A. exaggeration. B. understatement.

　　C. personification. D. synecdoche.

　　38. In English ifa word begins with a [l] or a [r], then the next sound must be a vowel. This is a (n)

　　A. assimilation rule. B. sequential rule. C.deletion rule. D. grammar rule.

　　39. Which of the following is an example of clipping?

　　A.APEC. B.Motel. C.Xerox. D.Disco.

　　40. The type of language which is selected as appropriate to a particular type of" situation is called

　　A. register. B. dialect. C. slang. D. variety

　　PART IV PROOFREADING & ERROR CORRECTION (15 MIN)

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proof-read the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　For a wrong word, underline the wrong word and write the correct one in the blank

　　provided at theendof the line.

　　For a missing word, mark the position of the missing word with a "L" sign and write the

　　word you believe to be missing in the blank provided at theendof the

　　line.

　　For an unnecessary word, cross the unnecessary word with a slash "/" and put the word in the

　　blank provided at theendof the line.

　　EXAMPLE

　　When A art museum wants a new exhibit, (1) an

　　it never buys things in finished form and hangs (2) never

　　them on the wall. When a natural history museum

　　wants an exhibition, it must often build it. (3) exhibit

　　Proofread the given passage on ANSWER SHEET TWO as instructed.

　　The central problem of translating has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going since at least the first (1) ______

　　century B.C. Up to the beginning of the 19th century, many writers

　　favoured certain kind of “free” translation: the spirit, not the letter; the (2) _______

　　sense not the word; the message rather the form; the matter not (3) _______

　　the manner. This is the often revolutionary slogan of writers who (4) _______

　　wanted the truth to be read and understood. Then in the turn of 19th (5) _______

　　century, when the study of cultural anthropology suggested that

　　the linguistic barriers were insuperable and that the language (6) _______

　　was entirely the product of culture, the view translation was impossible (7) _______

　　gained some currency, and with it that, if was attempted at all, it must be as (8) _______

　　literal as possible. This view culminated the statement of the (9) _______

　　extreme “literalists” Walter Benjamin and Vladimir Nobokov.

　　The argument was theoretical: the purpose of the translation, the

　　nature of the readership, the type of the text, was not discussed. Too

　　often, writer, translator and reader were implicitly identified with

　　each other. Now, the context has changed, and the basic problem remains. (10) _____

　　PART V TRANSLATION (60 MIN)

　　SECTION A CHINESE TO ENGLISH

　　Translate the underlined part of the following text into English. Write your translation on

　　ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　泊珍到偏远小镇的育幼院把生在那里养到1岁的孩子接回来。但泊珍看他第一眼，仿似一声雷劈头而来。令她晕头胀脑，这l岁的孩子脸型长得如此熟悉，她心里的第一道声音是，不能带回去!

　　痛苦纠聚心中，眉心发烫发热，胸口郁闷难展，胃里一股气冲喉而上。院长说这孩子发育迟缓时，她更是心头无绪。她在孩子所待的房里来回踱步，这房里还有其他小孩。整个房间只有一扇窗，窗外树影婆娑。就让孩子留下来吧，这里有善心的神父和修女，这里将来会扩充为有医疗作用的看护中心，这是留住孩子最好的地方。这孩子是她的秘密，她将秘密留在这树林掩映的`建筑罩。

　　她将秘密留在心头。

　　SECTION B ENGLISH TO CHINESE

　　Translate the underlined part of the following text into Chinese Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　In some cases, intelligent people implementing intelligent policies are responsible for producing a "boomerang effect"; they actually create more of whatever it is they seek to reduce in the first place.

　　The boomerang effect has been achieved many times in recent years by men and women of goodwill. State legislatures around the nation have recently raised the drinking age back to 21 in an effort to reduce the prevalence of violent deaths among our young people. But such policies seem instead to have created the conditions for even more campus violence. Some college students who previously drank in bars and lounges under the watchful supervision of bouncers (夜总会,酒吧等保安人员) (not to mention owners ea~er to keep their liquor licenses) now retreat to the sanctuary of their fraternity houses and apartments, where they no longer control their behaviour - or their drinking.

　　The boomerang effect has also played a role in attempts to reduce the availability of illicit drugs. During recent years, the federal government has been quite successful in reducing the supply of street drugs. As fields are burned and contraband (违禁品)confiscated, the price of street drugs has skyrocketed to a point where cheap altematives have begunto compete in the marketplace. Unfortunately, the cheap alternatives are even more harmful than the illicit drugs they replace.

　　boomerang: a curved flat piece of wood that can be thrown so as to retum to the thrower( 回飞镖)

　　PART VI WRITING (45 MIN)

　　A recent survey of 2,000 college students asked about their attitudes towards phone calls and text-messaging (also known as Short Message Service) and found the students main goal was to pass along information in as little time, with as little small talk, as possible. "What they like most about their mobile devices is that they can reach other people," says Naomi Baron, a professor of linguistics at American University in Washington, D.C., who conducted the survey. "What they like least is that other people can reach them." How far do you agree with Professor Baron?

　　In the first part of your essay you should state clearly your main argument, and in the second part you should support your argument with appropriate details. In the last part you should bring what you have written to a natural conclusion or make a summary.

　　You should supply an appropriate title for your essay.

　　Marks will be awarded for content, organization, language and appropriateness. Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your essay on ANSWER SHEET FOUR.

　　听力部分

　　1. rarely formal records

　　2. systematic objective manner

　　3. variable

　　4. situation sampling

　　5. varies

　　6. advantage

　　7. as it occurs

　　8. has more control

　　9. in natural setting

　　10. method

　　阅读部分

　　TEXT A

　　11. C. worked for freshwater conservation for nonprofit purposes.

　　12. C. His house was equipped with advanced water-saving facilities.

　　13. A. how I could contribute to water conversation.

　　14. D. his lifestyle was too extravagant.

　　15. A. exaggeration.

　　16.D. Humorous.

　　TEXT B

　　17. C. found that interest in reunions was linked with school experience.

　　18. A. U.S. class reunions are usually occasions to show off ones recent success.

　　19. D. Shared undergraduate experience on campus.

　　20. D. bring into focus contrasting opinions.

　　21. A. Reasons for popularity and (non)attendance for alumni reunions.

　　TEXT C

　　22. B. showed a wide interest.

　　23. A. Mr. Cattanzara was surprised at Georges reading plan.

　　24. A. remained the same as usual.

　　25. B. was dissatisfied with his life and surroundings.

　　TEXT D

　　26. D. no activities canbe compared to those in 1909.

　　27. B. Variety and magnitude of celebration activities.

　　28. D. resulted in similar disparaging remarks on Lincoln.

　　29. D. reveals the variety of current opinions on heroes.

　　30. A. Lincolns greatness remains despite the passage of time.

　　人文知识

　　The indigenous people of New Zealand are the Maori.

　　31. D. N ew Zealand

　　32. B. state

　　33. A. July 4th

　　34. C. the Arctic Ocean

　　35. D. T.S.Eliot

　　36. A. William Faulkner

　　37. C. personification

　　38. B. sequential rule

　　39. D. Disco

　　40. A. register

　　改错部分

　　1. going 后加 on

　　2. cerain 改成 some

　　3. rather 后加 than

　　4. is 改为 was

　　5. in 改为 at

　　6. 去掉 the

　　7. view 后加 that

　　8. 删掉 was

　　9. statement 改为 statements

　　10.and 改为 but

　　翻译部分

　　汉译英

　　Tortured by the pains gathering in her heart, she felt something was burning between her eyebrows. Her chest was brimmed with depression which was likely to run out of her throat at any moment. She could not think clearly any longer when the headmaster told her that the child sufferedfromdevelopmental retardation. She strode up and down in the room where her child stayed with other pals. There was only one window in the room, out of which some shady trees were whispering. “Just leave it here”, she told herself, “This is the best choice by far, for there are kind priests and nuns in this place which may also be renovated into a Medicare center”. The child was her secret which would be kept in the buildings behind the woods.

　　英译汉

　　然而上述政策反而引发了更多的校园暴力。一些大学生先前在夜总会的酒吧买醉，处于保安人员严密的监控之下(酒吧老板们为了保住自己卖酒的牌照也不会允许过激的事情发生)。现在，大学生们躲到他们互助会会所和公寓中酗酒,对自己饮酒的数量或行为都不再控制。政府在打击非法毒品方面采取的措施同样适得其反。近年来,联邦政府已经有效地抑制了街头毒品买卖。警方捣毁了很多毒品种植地，没收了违禁品，导致毒品的价格暴涨，那些便宜的替代品因此也有了竞争力。糟糕的是，那些便宜的替换品带来的危害甚至比他们所替代的毒品更大。

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 8

　　PART I LISTENING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MINI-LECTURE

　　In this section you will hear a mini-lecture. You will hear the mini-lecture ONCE ONLY. While listening to the mini-lecture,please complete the gap-filling task on ANSWER SHEET ONE and write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap. Make sure what you fill in is both grammatically and semantically acceptable. You may use the blank sheet for note-taking.

　　You have THIRTY seconds to preview the gap-filling task.

　　Now, listen to the mini-lecture. When it is over, you will be given THREE minutes to check your work.

　　SECTION B INTERVIEW

　　In this section you will hear TWO interviews. At theendof each interview, five questions will be asked about what was said. Both the interviews and the questions will be spoken ONCE ONLY. After each question there will be a ten-second pause During the pause, you should read the four choices of A, B, C and D, and mark the best answer to each question on ANSWERSHEET TWO.

　　You have THIRTY seconds to preview the choices.

　　Now, listen to the first interview. Questions 1 to 5 are based on the first interview.

　　1. A. Environmental issues.

　　B.Endangered species.

　　C.Global warming.

　　D.Conservation.

　　2. A. It is thoroughly proved.

　　B. it is definitely very serious.

　　C. It is just a temporary variation.

　　D. It is changing our ways of living.

　　3. A. Protection ofendangered animals*habitats.

　　B. Negative human impact on the environment.

　　C. Frequent abnormal phenomena on the earth.

　　D. The woman’s indifferent attitude to the earth.

　　4. A. Nature should take its course.

　　B. People take things for granted.

　　C. Humans are damaging the earth.

　　D. Animals should stay awayfromzoos.

　　5. A. Objective.

　　B. Pessimistic.

　　C. Skeptical.

　　D. Subjective.

　　Now, listen to the second interview. Questions 6 to 10 are based on the second interview.

　　6.A. Teachers’ resistance to change.

　　B. Students’ inadequate ability to read.

　　C. Teachers’ misunderstanding of such literacy.

　　D. Students ’ indifference to the new method.

　　7.A. Abilitiesto complete challenging tasks.

　　B.Abilities to learn subject matter knowledge.

　　C.Abilities to perform better in schoolwork.

　　D.Abilities to perform disciplinary work.

　　8.A. Recalling specific information.

　　B. Understanding particular details.

　　C. Examining sources of information.

　　D. Retelling a historical event.

　　9. A. Engaging literacy and disciplinary experts in the program.

　　B. Helping teachers understand what disciplinary literacy is.

　　C. Teaching disciplinary discourse practices by literacy teachers.

　　D. Designing learning strategies with expertsfromboth sides.

　　10. A. To argue for a case.

　　B. To discuss a dispute.

　　C. To explain a problem.

　　D. To present details.

　　PART II READING COMPREHENSION

　　SECTION A MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

　　In this section there are three passages followed by fourteen multiple choice questions. For each multiple choice question, there are four suggested answers marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that you think is the best answer and mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　(1)When it came to concealing his troubles, Tommy Wilhelm was not less capable than die next fellow. So at least he thought, and there was a certain amount of evidence to back him up. He had once been an actor^ no, not quite, an extra — and he knew what acting should be. Also, he was smoking a cigar, and when a man is smoking a cigar, wearing a hat, he has an advantage; it is harder to find out how he feels. He camefromthe twenty-third floor down to the lobby on the mezzanine to collect his mail before breakfast, and he believed^ he hoped — that he looked passably well: doing all right. It was a matter of sheer hope, because there was not much that he could add to his present effort. On the fourteenth floor he looked for his father to enter the elevator; they often met at this hour, on the way to breakfast. If he worried about his appearance it was mainly for his old father’s sake. But there was no stop on the fourteenth, and the elevator sank and sank. Then the smooth door opened and the great dark-red uneven carpet that covered the lobby billowed toward Wilhelm’s feet. In the foreground the lobby was dark, sleepy. French drapes like sails kept out the sun, but three high, narrow windows were open, and in the blue air Wilhelm saw a pigeon about to light on the great chain that supported the marquee of the movie house directly underneath the lobby. For one moment he heard the wings beating strongly.

　　(2)Most of the guests at the Hotel Gloriana were past the age of retirement. Along Broadway in the Seventies, Eighties, and Nineties, a great part of New York’s vast population of old men and women lives. Unless the weather is too cold or wet they fill the benches about the tiny railed parks and along the subway gratingsfromVerdi Square to Columbia University, they crowd the shops and cafeterias, the dime stores, the tearooms, the bakeries, the beauty parlors, the reading roomsand clubrooms. Among these old people at the Gloriana, Wilhelm felt out of

　　place. Hewas comparatively young, in his middle forties, large and blond, with big shoulders; his back was heavy and strong, if already a little stooped or thickened. After breakfast the old guests sat down on the green leather armchairs and sofas in the lobby and began to gossip and look into the.papers; they had nothing to do but wait out the day. But Wilhelm was used to an active life and liked to go out energetically in the morning. And for several months, because he had no position, he had kept up his morale by rising early; he was shaved and in the lobby by eight oclock. He bought the paper and some cigars and drank a Coca-Cola or two before he went in to

　　breakfast with his father. After breakfast 一 out, out, out to attendto business. The getting out had in itself

　　become the chief business. But he had realized that he could not keep this up much longer, and today he was afraid. He was aware that his routine was about to break up and he sensed that a huge trouble long presaged (预感)but till now formless was due. Before evening, hed know.

　　(3)Nevertheless he followed his daily course and crossed the lobby.

　　(4)Rubin, the man at the newsstand, had poor eyes. They may not have been actually weak but they were poor in expression, with lacy lids that furled down atthe comers. He dressed well. It didnt seem necessary 一 he was behind the counter most of the time — but he dressed very well. He had on a rich brown suit; the cuffs embarrassed the hairs on his small hands. He wore a Countess Mara painted necktie. As Wilhelm approached, Rubin did not see him; he was looking out dreamily at the Hotel Ansonia, which was visiblefromhis comer, several blocks away. The Ansonia, the neighborhood^ great landmark, was built by Stanford White. It looks like a baroque palacefromPrague or Munich enlarged a hundred times, with towers, domes, huge swells and bubbles of metal gone greenfromexposure, iron fretwork and festoons. Black television antennae are densely planted on its round summits. Under the changes of weather it may look like marble or like sea water, black as slate in the fog, white as tufa in sunlight. This morning it looked like the image of itself reflected in deep water, white and cumulous above, with cavernous distortions underneath. Together, the two men gazed at it.

　　(5)Then Rubin .said，“Your dad is in to breakfast already, the old gentleman.”

　　“Oh，yes? Ahead of me today?”

　　‘nat’s a real knocked-out shirt you got on，’’ said Rubin. “Where’s itfrom，Saks?” “No, it’s a Jack Fagman — Chicago.”

　　(6)Even when his spirits were low, Wilhelm could still wrinkle his forehead in a pleasing way. Some of the slow，silent movements of his face were very attractive. He went back a step, as if to stand awayfromhimself and get a better look at his shirt. His glancewas comic,a comment upon his untidiness. He liked to wear good clothes, but once he had put it on each article appeared to go its own way. Wilhelm, laughing，panted a little; his teeth were small; his cheeks when he laughed and puffed grew round, and he looked much younger than his years. In the old days when he was a college freshman and wore a beanie (无檐小帽）on his large blonde head his father used to say that，big as he was，he could charm a bird out of a tree. Wilhelm had great charm still.

　　(7)“I like this dove-gray color,” he said in his sociable，good-natured way. “It isn’t washable. You

　　have to sendit to the cleaner. It never smells as good as washed. But it，s a nice shirt. It cost sixteen, eighteen bucks.*

　　11.Wilhelm hoped he looked all right on his way to the lobby because he wanted to _ .

　　A.leave a good impression

　　B.give his father a surprise

　　C.show his acting potential

　　D.disguise his low spirit

　　12.Wilhelm had somethingin common with the old guests in that they all .

　　A.lived a luxurious life

　　B.liked to swap gossips

　　C.idled their time away

　　D.liked to get up early

　　13.How did Wilhelm feel when he was crossing the lobby (Para. 2)?

　　A.He felt something ominouswas coming.

　　B.He was worried that his father was late.

　　C.He was feeling at ease among the old.

　　D.He was excited about a possible job offer.

　　14.Which part of Rubin’s clothes made him look particularly awkward (Para. 4)?

　　A.The necktie.

　　B.The cuffs.

　　C.The suit.

　　D.The shirt.

　　15.What can we learnfromthe author’s description of Wilhelm’s clothes?

　　A.His shirt made him look better.

　　B.He cared much about his clothes.

　　C.He looked likea comedian in his shirt.

　　D.The clothes he wore never quite matched.

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　(1)By the 1840s New York was theleading commercial city of the United States. It had long since outpaced Philadelphia as the largest city in the country, and even though Boston continued to be venerated as the cultural capital of the nation, its image hadbecome somewhat languid; it had not kept up with the implications of the newly industrialized economy, of a diversified ethnic population, or of the rapidly rising middle class. New York was the place where the “new” Americawas coming into being, so it is hardly surprising that the modem newspaper had its birth there.

　　(2)The penny paper had found its first success in New York. By the mid-1830s Ben Day s Sun was drawing readersfromall walks of life. On the other hand, the Sun was a scanty sheet providing little more than minor diversions; few today would call it a newspaper at all. Day himself was an editor of limited vision, and he did not possess the ability or the imagination to climb the slopes to loftier heights. If real newspapers were to emergefromthe publics demand for more and better coverage, it would haveto comefroma youthful generation of editors for whom journalism was a totally absorbing profession, an exacting vocational ideal rather than a mere offshoot of job printing.

　　(3)By the 1840s two giants burst into the field, editors who would revolutionize journalism, would bring the newspaper into the modem age, and show how it could be influential in the national life. These two giants, neither of whom has been treated kindly by history, were James Gordon Bennett and Horace Greeley. Bennett founded his New York Herald in 1835, less than two years after the appearance of the Sun. Horace Greeley founded his Tribune in 1841. Bennett and Greeley were the most innovative editors in New York until after the Civil War. Their newspapers were the leading American papers of the day, althoughfor completely different reasons. The two men despised each other, although not in the ways that newspaper editors had despised one another a few years before. Neither was a political hack bonded to a political party. Greeley fancied himself a public intellectual. He had strong political views, and he wanted to run for office himself, but party factotum he could never be; he bristled with ideals and causes of his own devising. Officially he was a Whig (and later a Republican), but he seldomgave comfort to his chosen party. Bennett, on the other hand, had long since cut his political ties, and although his paper covered local and national politics fully and he went after politicians with hammer and tongs, Bennett was a cynic, a distruster of all settled values. He did not regard himself as an intellectual, although in fact he wasbetter educated than Greeley. He thought himself only a hard-boiled newspaperman. Greeley was interested in ideas and in what was happening to the country. Bennett was only interested in his newspaper. He wanted to find out what the news was, what people wanted to read. And when he found out he gave it to them.

　　(4)As different as Bennett and Greeley werefromeach other they were also curiously alike. Both stood outside the circle of polite society, even when they became prosperous, and in Bennett’s case, wealthy. Both were incurable eccentrics. Neither was a gentleman. Neither conjured up the picture of a successful editor. Greeley was unkempt, always looking like an unmade bed. Even when he was nationally famous in the 1850s he resembled a clerk in a third-rate brokerage house, with slips of paper — marked-up proofs perhaps — hanging out of his pockets or stuck in his hat. He became fat, was always nearsighted, always peering over spectacles. He spoke in a high-pitched whine Not a few people suggested that he looked exactly like the illustrations of Charles Dickens’s Mr. Pickwick. Greeley provided a humorous description of himself, written under the pretense that it had been the work of his long-time adversary James Fenimore Cooper. The editor was, according to the description, a half-bald, long-legged, slouching individual “so rocking in gait that he walks down both sides of the street at once.”

　　(5)The appearance of Bennett was somewhat different but hardly more reassuring. A shrewd, wiry Scotsman, who seemed to repel intimacy, Bennett looked around at the world with a squinty glare of suspicion. His eyes did not focus right. They seemed to fix themselves on nothing and everything at the same time. He was as solitary as an oyster, the classic loner. He seldom made close friendships and few people trusted him, although nobody who had dealings with him, however brief, doubted his abilities. He, too, couldhave come out of a book of Dickensian eccentrics, although perhaps Ebenezer Scrooge or Thomas Gradgrind comes to mind rather than the kindly old Mr. Pickwick. Greeley was laughed at but admired; Bennett was seldom laughed at but never admired; on the other hand, he had a hardprofessional competence and an encyclopedic knowledge of his adopted country, an in-depth learning uncorrupted by vague idealisms. All of this perfectly suited him for the journalism of this confusing age.

　　(6)Both Greeley and Bennett had served long, humiliating and disappointing apprenticeships in the newspaper business. They took a long time getting to the top, the only reward for the long years of waiting being that when they had their own newspapers, both knew what they wanted and firmly set about getting it. When Greeley founded the Tribune in 1841 he had the strong support of the Whig party and had already had a short period of modest success as an editor. Bennett, older by sixteen years, foundsolid commercial success first, but he had no one behind him except himself when he started up the Herald in 1835 in a dingy cellar room at 20 Wall Street. Fortunately this turned out to be quite enough.

　　16.Which of the following is NOT the author’s opinion on Ben Day and his Sun (Para. 2)7

　　A.Sun had once been a popular newspaper.

　　B.Sun failed to be a high-quality newspaper.

　　C.Ben Day lacked innovation and imagination.

　　D.Ben Day had striven for better coverage.

　　17.Which of the following statements is CORRECT about Greeley’s or Bennett’s political stance (Para. 3)7

　　A.Greeley and Bennett were both strong supporters of their party.

　　B.Greeley, as a Whig member, believed in his party’s ideals.

　　C.Bennett, as an independent, loathed established values.

　　D.Greeley and Bennett possessed different political values.

　　18.Which of the following figures of speech was used to describe Greeley’s manner of walking (Para. 4)?

　　A.Exaggeration.

　　B.Paradox.

　　C.Analogy.

　　D.Personification.

　　19.In Para. 5 Bennett was depicted as a man who

　　A.had stronger capabilities than Greeley

　　B.possessed a great aptitude for journalism

　　C.was in pursuit of idealism in journalism

　　D.was knowledgeable about his home country

　　20.How was Greeley differentfromBennett according to Para. 6?

　　A.He had achieved business success first.

　　B.He started his career earlier than Bennett.

　　C.He got initial supportfroma political party.

　　D.He had a more humiliating apprenticeship.

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　(1)Why make a film about Ned Kelly? More ingenious crimes thanthose committed by the reckless Australian bandit are reported every day. What is there in Ned Kelly to justify dragging the mesmeric Mick Jagger so far into the Australian bush and awayfromhis natural haunts? The answer is that the film makers know we always fall for a bandit, and Jagger is set to do for bold Ned Kelly what Brando once did for the arrogant Emiliano Zapata.

　　(2) A bandit inhabits a special realm of legendwhere his deeds are embroidered by others; where his death rather than his life is considered beyond belief; where the men who bring him to “justice” are afflicted with doubts about their role.

　　(3)The bandits had a role to play as definite as that of the authorities who condemned them. These were men in conflict with authority, and, in the absence of strong law or the idea of loyal opposition, they took to the hills. Even there, however, many of them obeyed certain unwritten rules

　　(4)These robbers, who claimed to be something more than mere thieves, hadin common, firstly, a sense of loyalty and identity with the peasants they camefrom. They didnt steal the peasant’s harvest; they did steal the lord’s.

　　(5)And certain characteristics seem to apply to “social bandits’’ whether they were in Sicily or Peru. They were generally young men under the age of marriage, predictably the best age for dissidence. Some were simply the surplus male population who had to look for another source ofincome; others were runaway serfs or ex-soldiers; a minority, though the most interesting, were outstanding men who were unwilling to accept the meek and passive role of peasant.

　　(6)They usually operated in bands between ten and twenty strong and relied for survival on difficult terrain and bad transport. And bandits prospered best where authority was merely local — over the next hill and they were free. Unlike the general run of peasantry they had a taste for flamboyant dress and gesture; but they usually shared the peasants’ religious beliefs and superstitions.

　　(7)The first sign of a man caught up in the Robin Hood syndrome was when he started out, forced into outlawry as a victim of injustice; and when he then set out to “right wrongs”, first his own and then other people’s. The classic bandit then “takesfromthe rich and gives to the poor” in conformity with his own sense of social injustice; he never kills except in self-defense or justifiable revenge; he stays withinhis community and even returns to it if he can to take up an honorable place; his people admire and help to protect him; he dies through the treason of one of them; he behaves as if invisible and invulnerable; he is a “loyalist”, never the enemy of the king but only of the local oppressors.

　　(8)None of die bandits lived up fully to this image of the “noble robber” and for many the claim of larger motives was often a delusion.

　　(9)Yet amazingly, many of these violent men did behave at least half the time in accordance with this idealist pattern. Pancho Villa in Mexico and Salvatore Giuliano in Italy began their careers harshly victimized. Many of their charitable acts later became legends.

　　(10)Farfrombeing defeated in death, bandits’ reputation for invincibility was often strengthened by the manner of their dying. The “dirty little coward” who shot Jesse James in the back is in every ballad about him, and the implication is that nothing else could have brought Jesse down. Even when the police claimed the credit, as they tried to do at first with Giuliano’s death, the local people refused to believe it. And not just the bandit’s vitality prompts the people to refuse to believe that their hero has died; his death would be in some way the death of hope.

　　(11)For the traditional ‘‘noble robber” represents an extremely primitive form of social protest, perhaps the most primitive there is. He is an Individual who refuses to bendhis back, that is all. Most protesters will eventually be bought over and persuadedto come to terms with the official power. That is why the few who do not, or who are believed to have remained uncontaminated, have so great and passionate a burden of admiration and longing laid upon them. They cannot abolish oppression. But they do prove that justice is possible, that poor men need not be humble, helpless and meek.

　　(12)The bandit in the real world is rooted in peasant society and when its simple agricultural system is left behind so is he. But the tales and legends, the books and films continue to appear for an audience that is neither peasant nor bandit. In some ways the characters and deeds of the great bandits could so readily be the stuff of grand opera - Don Jose in “Carmen” is based on the Andalusian bandit El Empranillo. But they are perhaps more at home in folk songs, in popular tales and the ritual dramas of films. When we sit in the darkness of the cinema to watch the bold deeds of Ned Kelly we are caught up in admiration for their strong individuality, their simple gesture of protest, their passion for justice and their confidence that they cannot be beaten. This sustains us nearly as much as it did the almost hopeless peoplefromwhom they sprang.

　　21.Which of the following words is NOT intended to suggest approval of bandits?

　　A.Bold (Para. 1).

　　B.Claimed (Para. 4).

　　C.Legend(Para. 2).

　　D.Loyalty (Para. 4).

　　22. Of the following reasons which is the LEAST likely one forbecoming bandits?

　　A.They liked theatrical clothes and behavior.

　　B.They wanted to help the poor country folk.

　　C.They were unwilling to accept injustice.

　　D.They had very few careers open to them.

　　23. ....began their careers harshly victimized” (Para. 9) means that they .

　　A.had received excessive ill-treatment

　　B.were severely punished for their crimes

　　C.took to violence through a sense of injustice

　　D.were misunderstood by their parents and friends

　　24. What has made bandits suitable as film heroes is that they .

　　A.are sure they are invincible

　　B.possess a theatrical quality

　　C.retain the virtues of a peasant society

　　D.protest against injustice and inequality

　　SECTION B SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS

　　In this section there are eight short answer questions based on the passages in Section A. Answer each question in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS in the space provided on ANSWER SHEET TWO.

　　PASSAGE ONE

　　25.In and there was a certain amount of evidence to back him up (Para. 1)”, what does “evidence” refer to?

　　26.What is Wilhelm’s characteristic that has never changed all those years according to Para. 6?

　　PASSAGE TWO

　　27.Summarize in your own words the meaning of the italicized part in the last sentence of Para. 2.

　　28.What does but he seldomgave comfort to his chosen party” mean according to the context (Para. 3)?

　　29.What is the similarity between Bennett and Greeley according to Paras. 4 and 5?

　　PASSAGE THREE

　　30.Write down TWO features of the idealist pattern. (Para 9)

　　31.What does “hope” mean according to the context? (Para 10)

　　32.What does “He is an individual who refuses to bendhis back” mean? (Para 11)

　　PART III LANGUAGE USAGE

　　The passage contains TEN errors. Each indicated line contains a maximum of ONE error. In each case, only ONE word is involved. You should proof-read the passage and correct it in the following way:

　　PART IV TRANSLATION

　　Translate the following textfromChinese into English. Write your translation on ANSWER SHEET THREE.

　　白洋淀曾有 " 北国江南 " 的说法，但村舍的形制自具特色，与江南截然不同。南方多雨，屋顶是坡顶；这里的村舍则不同，屋顶是晒粮食的'地方，而且历史上淀里每逢水大洪泛，村民就得把屋里的东西搬到屋顶上。房屋彼此挨得很近，有些屋顶几乎相连。（节选自 冯骥才《白洋淀之忧》）

　　PART V WRITING

　　Read carefully the following two excerpts on consumption, and the in NO LESS THAN300 WORDS, in which you should: to your response

　　1. Summarize the main message of the two excerpts, and then2. comment on the role of consumption in human society, especially on what consumption may lead to desirable or undesirable results.

　　You can support yourself with informationfromthe excerpts.

　　Marks will be awarded for content relevance, content sufficiency, organization and language quality.

　　Failure to follow the above instructions may result in a loss of marks.

　　Write your response on ANSWER SHEETFOUR.

　　Excerpt 1

　　Consequences of consumerism

　　In Human Development Report 1998 Overview by the United Nations Development Program (UNDP), “World consumption has expanded at an unprecedented pace over the 20th century, with private and public consumption expenditures reaching $24 trillion in 1998, twice the level of 1975 and six times that of 1950. In 1900 real consumption expenditure was barely $1.5 trillion.”

　　In September2001, the BBC aired a documentary called “Shopology,” where psychologists looked into the psychology of shopping and consumerism in countries like Britain, USA and Japan and asked if it was healthy for consumers. Of the many points they raised, they observed that:

　　Consumption now helps to define who we are;

　　We essentially “buy” a lifestyle;

　　Consumerism can increase stress for various reasons;

　　To deal with social and consumerism pressures and their effects, people may on occasion consume even more to feel better;

　　Rising consumer debt puts pressure on families.

　　Two years later, the BBC aired another documentary called “Spend, Spend, Spend.” It looked at the issues of whether or not the increased wealth and consumerism had led to more content and satisfied individuals. The documentary observed that research evidence seemed to suggest that increased wealth did not necessarily lead to more satisfaction in Britain. When interviewed in the program, Professor Andrew Oswald of Warwick University said that the key reason for this was because as we get wealthier there is often a tendencyto compare more with others, which contributes to more anxiety. The “keeping up with the Joneses’ syndrome. The implications of this are profound. As Oswald suggested, it is “hard to make society happier as they get richer and richer because human beings look constantly over their shoulders. That s the curse of human beings;making comparisons.”

　　Excerpt 2

　　Consumption as a path to cultivation

　　Consumption, for George Simmel, German sociologist and philosopher, lies at the heart of the process through which peoplebecome cultivated, that is, grow tobecome participating, reflective members of society. This is because consumption provides anexcellent sitefor the interaction between subject and object, which Simmel believed to be the key to cultivation. Subjectivity, the uniquely human capacity for self-reflection, which allows for the self-conscious construction of action and identity, is not naturallyendowed; it only develops through the creative tension provided by interaction with objects (including people) existing in the world. For Simmel, consumption provides a vital forum for this subject-object interaction. Through consumption,people come to understand, instill meaning in, and act upon objects encountered in the world. Consumption provides people with the opportunity to refine themselves through interaction with objects in the world. In addition, by confronting, adapting, and integrating various world-views directly or indirectly demonstrated in consumption objects, people not only realize their potential as unique human beings, they alsobecome well-socialized members of a society.

　　全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷8套 9

　　CONVERSATION 1 (mjch)

　　W: Hi, David, I havent seen you in class for almost two weeks.

　　(1) We thought you had disappeared on holiday early or something. M: Hi Sarah.Wel, its a bit of a long story,Im afraid. I got a throat infection last week and had to go to the hospital to get some antibiotics as I really wasnt getting any better.

　　W:Oh, yeah. Thereve been so many viruses going around this winter. The weather has been so awful for the last few weeks. M: And

　　(2) on the way back from the hospital,I slipped on some ice and fell and then had to go to the hospital to get an x-ray because I basically thought Id broken my wrist. Although thankfully its not broken.But I need to be careful with it for the next few weeks. W: Oh, thats too bad.How unfortunate. M: To make things worse,I managed to fall right in front of four girls from the ninth grade.So, it was utterly humiliated. Plus, the laptop in my bag was broken too.

　　W: No! What a complete catastrophe! Is the laptops still under warranty?

　　(3) If it is, then you can easily send it back to the manufacturer and theyll send you a brand new one for free, surely.

　　M: The warranty ran out three days before I broke it. And all my essays are in there and I need to have them in before we break for the Christmas holidays.

　　W:Listen, I have the number of a really good affordable computer repair shop at home. My dad has used this guy before and he can work miracles.Lets go back to my house and (4) we can call the repair shop,and you could have some tea and cookies too.

　　M: Wow.Thanks, Sarah. That would be great. Let me just call my mom and let her know I be home a little bit later.

　　Q1: What did Sara think David was doing for the last two weeks?

　　Q2: What happened to David on his way back from the hospital?

　　Q3:What does Sarah say they should do with the damaged computer?

　　Q4:What does Sarah say she is going to do?

　　CONVERSATION 2 (skystar)

　　M: Welcome to this weeks episode of Book Talk. With me today is Heidi Brown,(1) a historian who has written five critically acclaimed books about military history.

　　W: Thanks for having me, John. Im so excited to talk about my latest book, which was published last month.

　　M: So this book is a novel, your first attempt at that genre.And thats a bit of a departure for you.

　　W:(6) Id say its a major departure as its not just a work of fiction, its set 200 years in the future.

　　M: Right. So how did that happen? You spent three decades writing about the past and focusing on the 18th and 19th centuries. And now youre speculating about the future.

　　W: Well, after years of researching soldiers and chronicling their lives during battle,I just started wondering about other facets of their lives, especially their personal lives.

　　M:I can see that. Your novel is about soldiers, but it focuses on their relationships, especially the bonds between sons and mothers, and men and their wives.

　　W:Yes.(7) That focus came about when l still intended to write another book of history,I started by researching soldiers actual personal lives, studying their letters home.

　　M: So how did that history book become a novel?

　　W: Well,(8) I realized that the historical record was incomplete.So Id either have to leave a lot of gaps or make a lot more assumptions than a historian should.

　　M: But why write a novel set in the future, when your credentials are perfect for a historical novel? As a historian,any historical novel you write would have a lot of credibility.

　　W:I felt too constrained working with the past. Like what I wrote needed to be fact as opposed to fiction.But writing about the future gave me more freedom to imagine, to invent.

　　M:Well,having read your book, Im glad you made that choice to move into fiction.

　　Q5: What does the man say about the woman?

　　Q6: What does the woman say about her newly published book?

　　Q7:What did the woman do before writing her new book?

　　Q8: What does the woman say about her writing history books?)

　　PASSAGE 1

　　(9) Whether its in the hands of animated polar bears or Santa Claus, theres one thing youll find in nearly allads for Coca-Cola, the characteristic glass bottle. Most Americans dont drink soda out of the glass bottles seen in Cokes ads anymore.But this week,the company is celebrating a century of the bottle thats been sold in more than 200 countries. (10) Flashback to 1915, when a bottle of Coca-Cola costs just a nickel as the soft drink gained in popularity, it faced a growing number of competitors, counterfeits,even trying to copy Cokes logo.So according to Coca-Cola historian, Ted Ryan, the company decided to come up with packaging that couldnt be duplicated.A product request was sent to eight different glass makers.Workers at the root glass company got the request and began flipping through the encyclopedia at the local library,Landy gone cocoas seed.

　　The cocoas seed is not an ingredient of the soda.(11) They designed their bottle based on the seeds that shape and large middle. It wasnt overcoat executives in Atlanta and would go on to receive its own trademark spur collections and earn Coca-Cola an iconic image that made it part of American culture for a century.

　　It was 100 years ago this week that the bottle earned a package by world warll, Coke bottle sales had ballooned into billions. Americans mostly consumed Coke out of aluminum or plastic today, but the glass bottle remains a symbol of America thats readily recognized around the world.

　　Q9. What does the passage say appears in almost all ads for Coca-Cola.

　　Q10.Why did the Coca-Cola company decide to have special packaging designed?

　　Q11. What do they learn about the Coca-Cola bottle designed by the root glass company?

　　PASSAGE 2 (mjch)

　　Trying to create some measurable improvement in mood.But most of us are reluctant to start these conversations because we presume the opposite. In an experiment, commuters who talk to nearby strangers found that commute more enjoyable than those who didnt. They were asked to predict whether theyd enjoy the commute more if they converse with other people. Intriguingly, most expect the more solitary experience to be more pleasurable. Why is this? Social anxiety appears to be the problem. Peoples reluctance to start conversations with nearby strangers comes partly from underestimating othersinterest in connecting.

　　The sad thing is that people presume that a nearby stranger doesnt want to converse and dont start a conversation. Only those who force themselves to chat because it was required by the experiment found out what a pleasant experience it could be. Human beings are social animals. Those who misunderstand the impact of social interactions may not, in some context, be social enough for their own wellbeing.You should be chatting with the strangers you encounter. You may occasionally have a negative encounter that might stick in your memory. This is because the human brain is biased to dwell on negative events.But starting conversations with strangers is still well worth the risk of rejection.

　　It may surprise you that conversing with strangers will make them happier too. The pleasure of connection seems contagious. People who I talk to have equally positive experiences as those who initiate a conversation.

　　Q12: What does research show about a conversation between strangers?

　　Q13: What prevents people from starting a conversation with strangers?

　　Q14: Why does a negative encounter with strangers stick in ones memory?

　　Q15: What does the passage say the pleasure of connection seems to be?

　　LECTURE 1 (chy)

　　The Caribbean islands are divided into two worlds, a rich one, and a poor one. This tropical regions economy is based mainly on farming. Farmers are of two types. One is the plantation owner who may have hundreds of thousands of acres. In contrast, this small cultivator is working only a few acres of land.

　　Most visitors to the Caribbean are rich.Like the plantation owner. They do not realize or do not want to realize that many farm families barely managed to get by on what they grow.The Caribbean produces many things. Sugar is the main product. Other export crops are tobacco coffee, bananas, spices, and citrus fruits,such as orange lemon or grapefruit.

　　From the west Indies also come oil,mineral pitch, and many forest products. Jamaicas aluminum or supplies are the worlds largest. Oil comes from Trinidad, Aruba and Carolco, but for many of the smaller islands, sugar is the only export.Rum,a strong alcoholic. We just distilled from sugar cane is also an export.

　　The worlds best rum comes from this area. Local kinds vary from the light rums of Puerto Rico to the heavier, darker rums of Barbados and Jamaica. American tourists enjoy stocking up on inexpensive high-quality Caribbean rum while theyre on vacation. In correct. the well-known vicar of that name is made for the thick, outer skin of a native orange ever since Americas colonial days, the Caribbean islands have been favorite places to visit.

　　Since world war ll, tourism has increased rapidly because great numbers of people go there. The Islanders have built elaborate resorts, developed harbors and airfields, improved beaches and have expanded sea and air routes. Everything is at the resort, hotel, beach, shopping and recreation, the vacationer never has any reason to explore the island.

　　As in most places, those who have money live well, indeed, those who dont have money live at various levels of poverty, but here the poor greatly outnumber the wealthy.A visitor will find rich people living in apartments or Spanish houses at the seaside or in the countryside. Their service might include a cook, a maid and a nurse for the children.

　　Most of the people live well below the poverty level. In towns, they live crowded together in tiny houses. Islanders make the best they can of what they have. Their homes are quite Chevy. Sadly, most tourists never see this side of the Caribbean.

　　Question16 to 18 are based on the recording, you have just heard.

　　Question 16. What does the speaker say about the economy of the Caribbean islands?

　　Question 17. What is the main product of the Caribbean islands?

　　Question 18. What do we learn about the majority of people in the Caribbean islands?

　　LECTURE 2 (00)#儿童教育

　　Talk to anyone who is a generation or too older, and they would most likely comment that children are most spoiled these days, no one wants to have,or be around demanding, selfish and spoiled children. Those who get bad temper will silently brood when theyre not given everything they want immediately.

　　Paradoxically, the parents of such children courage this demanding behavior in the mistaken belief that by giving that children everything they can, that children will be happy.

　　in the short term，perhaps they are right. But in the longer term, (19)such children end up lonely dependent, chronically dissatisfied and resentful of the parents who tried so hard to please them.

　　Undoubtedly, parents want to raise happy children who are confident, capable, and likable rather than spoiled and miserable.(20) One factor hindering this is that parents cant, or dont spend enough quality time with their kids and substitute. this deficit with Loinbo toys, games, gadgets, and the like.

　　Rather than getting material things, children need parents devoted attention.

　　The quantity of time spent together is less important than the content of that time. Instead of instantly satisfying their wishes, parents should help them work out a plan to earn things theyd like to have.

　　This teaches them to value the effort as well as what it achieves, allow them to enjoy anticipation.

　　Numerous psychological studies have

　　demonstrated that children who learn to wait for things they desire are more likely to succeed in a number of ways later in life.

　　One famous experiment in the 1960s, involved 3 to 6 year old children.

　　They were given a choice between receiving a small reward,such as a cookie immediately.

　　or if they waited 15 minutes, they could have two.

　　Follow-up studies have found that those who chose to delay satisfaction are now more academically successful, have greater self worth, and even tend to be healthier.

　　(21)If they failed, children should be encouraged to keep trying, rather than to give up, if they really want the desired result.

　　This teaches them how to handle and recover from disappointment, which is associated with greater success and satisfaction academically, financilly, and in personal relationships.

　　And lastly,parents should encourage their children to look at life from other points of view, as well as their own.

　　This teaches them to be understanding of and sympathetic towards others.

　　Qualities ?shorter? take them a long way in life.

　　Q19:What will happen to children if they always get immediate satisfaction?

　　Q20: What may prevent parents from raising confident and capable children?

　　Q21: Why should children be encouraged to keep trying when they fail?

　　LECTURE 3

　　#面试经验

　　Its not hard to mess up an interview. Most people feel nervous sitting across from a hiring manager,answering questions that effectively opened themselves up for judgement. (22) And your chances of being more carefully considered for the job can quickly go downhill just by saying the wrong thing at the wrong time. The most obvious thing not to do is complain.Employers want to hire positive people. Talking about a previous job negatively raises concerns that you might be difficult to manage,or you might be someone that blames management for your own poor performance. (23)Dont say that youve moved around in jobs because you havent found the right fit or feel that you were not challenged enough. Statements like these will make you sound aimless and lost. And interviewer may well think why would this role be any different for you.You will probably leave here in six months. It also begs the question of what type of relationship you had with your manager. It doesnt sound like you had open communication with him or her. (24)Managers usually love people who can self-sustain and enable growth through taking initiative, who are strong at following through their work and who bring ideas and solutions to the table. If you were in a management or leadership position when discussing your current role, never take all the credit for accomplishments or achievements. Emphasize your team and how through their talents your vision was realized.Most successful leaders know that they are only as good as their team. And acknowledging this in an interview will go a long way towards suggesting that you might be the right person for the position you are applying for. Lastly, have a good idea of what your role is.And try and convey the idea that youre flexible. Asking what your role will be suggest you will limit yourself purely to what is expected of you.In reality, your role is whatever you make of it. This is especially true in small companies, where the ability to adapt and take on new responsibilities is highly valued.And this is equally important, if youre just starting out. Entry level interviewees would do well to demonstrate a broad set of skill in most interviews.(25) Its important to have a wide skillset, as many startups and small companies are moving really fast. Employers are looking for candidates that are intelligent and can quickly adapt and excel in a growing company.

　　22. What does the speaker say can easily prevent an interviewee from getting a job?23. What should the interviewee avoid doing in an interview?

　　24. What kind of employees do companies like to recruit?

　　25. What is especially important for those working in a small company?

　　CONVERSATION 1(much)

　　W: Hi, David, I havent seen you in class for almost two weeks. (1)We thought you had disappeared on holiday early or something M: Hi Sarah. Well, its a bit of a long story, Im afraid. I got a throat infection last week and had to go to the hospital to get some antibiotics as I really wasnt getting any better

　　W: Oh, yeah. Thereve been so many viruses

　　going around this winter. The weather has been so awful for the last few weeks

　　M: And, (2) on the way back from the

　　hospital, I slipped on some ice and fell and then had to go to the hospital to get an x-ray because I basically thought Id broken my wrist Although thankfully its not broken But I need to be careful with it for the next few weeks

　　W: Oh thats too bad. How unfortunate

　　M: To make things worse, I managed to fall right in front of four girls from the ninth grade. So, it

　　was utterly humiliated. Plus, the laptop in my

　　bag was broken too

　　W: No! What a complete catastrophe! Is the laptops still under warranty? (3)If it is, then you can easily send it back to the

　　manufacturer and theyII send you a brand new one for free, surely

　　M: The warranty ran out three days before

　　broke it. And all my essays are in there and I need to have them in before we break for the Christmas Youdao holidays

　　W: Listen, I have the number of a really good affordable computer repair shop at home. My dad has used this guy before and he can work miracles. Lets go back to my house and (4)we can call the repair shop, and you could have some tea and cookies too

　　M: Wow. Thanke-Se

　　eelld be great

　　18:04

　　Let me just call my mom and let her know IIl be home a little bit later

　　Q1: What did Sara think David was doing for the last two weeks?

　　Q2: What happened to David on his way back from the hospital?

　　Q3: What does Sarah say they should do with the damaged computer?

　　Q4: What does Sarah say she is going to do?

　　Let me just call my mom and let her know IIl be home a little bit later

　　Q1: What did Sara think David was doing for the last two weeks?

　　Q2: What happened to David on his way back from the hospital?

　　Q3: What does Sarah say they should do with the damaged computer?

　　Q4: What does Sarah say she is going to do?

　　作文第一卷

　　Directions: For this part.you are allowed 30 minutes to write an essay related to the short passage given below. In your essay, you are to comment on the phenomenon described in the passage and suggest measures to address the issue. You should write at least 150 words but no more than 200 words. Young people spend a lot of time on the internet. Howev-er,they are sometimes unable to recognize false information on the internet,judge the reliability of online information sources,or tell real news stories from fake ones.

　　范文(虚假信息)

　　Living in an age of internet, young generations tend to acquire assorted information about the world totally via virtual envi-ronment. Convenient as it may seem, the reliability of online information sources can not be guaranteed. Under this circumstance, they might be deliberately misled, to a large extent, by some fake news stories.

　　To avoid youngstersbeing misguided by those irresponsible mass media, we need to take several effective measures ur-gently. To begin with, authorities concerned should enhance their supervision of the information published on the internet. Moreover, parents should encourage their children to develop independent thinking and often discuss with them the issues on the internet to make sure they are growing in a healthy mind state. Last but not least, young people themselves should read more insightful books and learn to think more of the values and attitudes behind online stories.

　　Its important that the young possess the capability of telling real news stories from fake ones. Only when theyre equipped with the quality of recognizing false stories in an era of infor-mation explosion can they be closer to the genuineness of our modern world.

　　选词填空1：

　　If you think life is wonderful and expect it to stay…

　　26.B)beyond

　　27.H)noteworthy

　　28.A)affect

　　29.L)span

　　30.J)premature

　　31.M)specifically

　　32.c)conceded

　　33.E)foster

　　34.D)correlation

　　35.O)trait

　　信息匹配:

　　Do music lessons really make children smarter ?

　　36.[A] A recent analysis found that most research mischar-acterizes the relationship between music and skills enhance -ment....

　　37.[N] Did he have a hidden talent that others didnt have?Or more endurance than his peers ?Music researchers tend，like Schellenberg ，to be musicians themselves ，and ashe noted in his recent paper，…

　　38.[c] Schellenberg had long been skeptical of the science supporting claims that music education enhances childrens abstract reasoning, math, or language skills.……

　　39.[G] After computing their assessments, Schellenberg concluded that the majority of the articles erroneously claimed that music training had a causal effect.……

　　40.[O] But those convictions should be checked at the en-trance to the lab,he added.Otherwise,the work becomes re-ligion or faith."You have to let go of your faith if you want to be a scientist."

　　41.[H] To argue for a cause-and-effect relationship, scien-tists must attempt to explain why and in how a connection could occur. When it comes to transfer effects of music……

　　42.[D] The 2004 paper was specifically designed to address those concerns. And as a passionate musician, Schellenberg was delighted when he tuned up credible evidence that music has transfer effects on general intelligence……..

　　43.[J]Neuropsychologist Lutz Jancke agrees."Most of these studies dont allow for causal inferences, "he said.For over two decades, Jancke has researched the effects of music lessons,..

　　44.[F]For his recent study, Schellenberg asked two research assistants to look for correlational studies on the effects of music education.They found a total of 11 4 papers pub-lished since 2000.

　　45.[I] But Schellenberg remains highly oritical of how the concept of plasticity has been applied in his field,"Plasticity has become an industry of its own "he-wrote in his May paper......

　　仔细阅读:

　　The trend toward rationality and enlightenment was endan-gered long before the advent of the World Wide Web.

　　46.A)It initiated a change from dominance of reason to su-premacy of pleasure.

　　47.D)It is conducive to critical thinking.

　　48.D) It has rendered their interactions more superficial.

　　49.c) It was viewed as a means to quest for knowledge.

　　50.B)They are constantly seeking approval from their audi-ence.

　　According to a recent study,a small but growing proportion of the workforce is affected to some degree by a sense of entitlement.

　　51.B)They feel they deserve more than they get.

　　52.B)They were spoiled when growing up.

　　53.D) Seek ways to sustain their motivation.

　　54.C)They convey their requirements in a straightforward way.

　　55.A)Those who can be counted on to fulfill commitments

　　翻译1：

　　延安位于陕西省北部，地处黄河中游，是中国革命的.圣地。毛泽东等老一辈革命家曾在这里生活战斗了十三个春秋，领 导了抗日战争和解放战争，培育了延安精神，为中国革命做出了巨大贡献。延安的革命旧址全国数量最大、分布最广、级别最高。延安是全国爱国主义、革命传统和延安精神教育基地。延安有9个革命纪念馆，珍藏着中共中央和老一辈革命家在延安时期留存下来的大量重要物品，因此享有"中国革命博物馆城"的美誉。

【全国大学生英语专八TEM8试卷】相关文章：

英语专八历年真题试卷汇总（精选7套）11-12

英语专八考试时间11-11

英语专八是什么水平11-12

英语专八过了好找工作吗11-12

英语专八和六级的差距11-12

大学英语专八作文食物与生活（精选8篇）11-05

关于专四英语作文汇编八篇06-02

关于专四英语作文汇总八篇05-21

专硕考研科目全国统考嘛05-15